HomeMy WebLinkAboutB07-004604/20/2016 09:26 FAX
WOODS'�'ONE HOMES, YNC.
�ooi �
F.ACSIMILE TRANSMITTAi SHEET
TO: jZ�y� FROM: � �
i-ip�[ f � G� �. 0 n� i�!` V1 UY\� �h 1�.%a c'� f� �'1 O�A'
CO2ytPANY; �n�
y�ln �4 �
PAX NU�� TOTAL NO OP PAGES INCLUDING CO��
s�o-�8-�y�g �
PHONE NUMBER ShNDEx 5 bnX NUMBER.
��o-�YS-�y?s
RE� YOUR REFERENCE NUMBE� '� 1 �
�URGBNT � 6�C1$ lt��'TLW
NOTES/COMMENTS:
-rT� - � ......, _
..�.. ; �, ��°�^ �.
e� b,� �'
❑ Pi�ASL �MI�i�NT ❑ PLEASE REPLY ❑ PLEASE RECYCLE
��c,�.�Q `S �1-C� �v � (.� � � p e � �- � o r�
�
S�6 � �'or�e,,� �o�.
� �Dp� � �,�.x. or
� ,�, � Il � �k�.
s��e.
� +�, k�
�
c�''`
�� 3��k�
��� U � ��u ���
�
-����_oz��
��bta��«���
111 Sv✓ift Gulch Rd Ste 2A1, Avon Co/ PO BOX 3939, VAII. CO. 81658, PH 845-9698, FAX 845-9475
1Q.�00'L
04/20/2016 09:26 FAY P.2�3
APR-10-2007 16�28 From:HP-GEOTECH
9�0�q5�q5q To:19708459475
� �
tiE�G�'1
HEPWORTH- PAWLAK GEOTECHNICAL
�pril 10, 20Q7
flr����,��ih I�:i��L�6 �..�e��r,•iF�iv�.il, In�,
��1��1('����ni� �������� �?q
(,'il�tna„��,.I �pnn�;: i',•I,�ia�ln KI(�l�l
ri,,,�,,- �no.���;.;�i,rti
I�,�. 9�0•�)45 A�Sa
Cf11�11If I1���,C���F!11iG�k��,n�cl'� ��,n�
Woodsto��e Mome�
F�ttn: Ry�n Morrissey
1'. O. Box 3939
V�il, Colorado $] 658 ,lob No. 107 U21 S
Subject: Observatirni of T:xcava�ion, Proposccl �ddition l�� 1°ield itesidcnce. I�ot 3,
F�lock l, Vail Vill��;e �� Filin�, 5�G 1=c�rest 12c��cl, V�il, C��lur�do
Dear .Ryan;
As requested, a represtntutivc of HepWorth-Pawlak Ci��technical, lnc. observed the
cxcr�val.ion at the subj�c� site an April 9, 2U07 ti� ev��lutit� the soils cxposed Jar I�o�mdai�an
support. "I'hc lindinbs uf uur ol�servfliions ancl r�commend���ion5 for the ('ound�i►ic�n
desi�n �re prc-sented in �his repor�. The services �+ere per.l'armcd in accorclancc wi�h aur
pgreemen� 1'or profession�l engineerinb seivices lo W�odstunc I•lomes, dai�d nPr�� S�
2007.
�l�he addition will consist of � sin6le �lory livinb room �►•e�t ��t��chcd to the norihwc:si side
o:f the �xis►in�; residence. Ciround tloor will bc sl��b-on-�rade. Spread loo�in6s ti%ed
using an allow�blc soil bel.ring rressure o1�1,5UU psl�wcre ��ssumccl I'or the lounclat.ion
desig►�.
I�� the �im� of our visit to the sitc, ll�i; �oundation excavation h�d been cul in two Icvels
Jrom �jboul 3 to S leet beluw lhe a�lj�icrnl 8rp��nd sui°f��cC. �I�he sc�ilc �x��oticcl in the
bo��om o(the exc�v��tion consisted uf i:layey �o v�rY c1�YeY `�.���Y Qrav�l with eobblcS
and boulders. 7�here �✓as some minor iill and topsoil at subgr�+dc, �nd th� natural sails
were very moist �md soli J�rom re�ent r�in And snow. The exc�v�tion w�.ia sli�htly ��bove
the for>iing bearin�: elevation ofithe exisung �•esidence. 13y probing �vith � rod, depth of
the sofl soils appeaicd �o bc about'/� to I foo� over meclit�ii� dense soils. Rcsults of swell-
consolidation �esting perfomied on s�mplcs t�ken 1'r��m ihe siie, shown on Pibure l,
indieate thc more clayey soils arc m�d��at�ly eompres�.ible u.nder c�nditions of loadinb
and wceting. No .(�rec water was encc>unlered in the cxcav��iun �inil lhi: .i�ils werz moist �o
very rnc�'ist. Durir�g ovr vis�it, we �recom'menc�ecl the exc�v�ti�n 1?e deePencd to perretTate
t}+e lilU�opsoil ��nd sof� soils, wh.ic:h wi; unclerst�nd was done I��t�r in �hc ilay.
Considerin(; Iht cn�idi(ions exposed in the exc:av��tio�� :117C� lll� Il�1lWfC 11I LI'IC proposed
construc�ion. sprcaci foo�in�.s pl�tced on �he undis�u.rbed n�iurF�l soil dcsi�ned for an
�Ilawable be�irin� press�,►rc of 1,50p psf can be use:d I'or support ol� Ih� Pr<>��c>s�� addiiion.
I��i��ker 30�-h41-71 I �) -
C_:��l�,r��'l�� S��rin�� i'19-63�.556? • tiilvrrnc�,rne ��i0-4%H-1�)ti�J
�
Q4/20/2�016 09:27 FAX
RPR-10-2007 16�28 From:HP-GEOTECH
Woods�one 1-l�mes
�1pril 10. 2007
Page 2
� oos
To:19708459475 P.3�3
970945645�
There could be some dil7�erential settlemen� wilh re�pNCt t� the exis�in� siruct'ure which
should he consider��l in thc design. J=o���ngs s�������d be a minimum wid�h of 16 inches for
cont.inuuus Walls and 2(�e�l fc�r colurnns. All �xist�ng lill, iopsoil �.ti�d IooSe or s�l�l soil� in
lootin� oreas sh�iul�i I�e re�'novecl ��nd �he bearing IEV�I exlcnded down to Ihe undis�urbed
firm natural soils, It should be f�easible lc� pl2ce zi shallow depth o'f scrcencd rr�ck ir� iF�e
bottorn of the excavation io re-cstablish desi�n be�ring elevaiions. l:X1Eri0� fO0iil1�5
should be provicled wi�h adequ�te soil cover above their bearinE elevations 'Ibr frost
protection. Con►inuous foLind�►IiUn w�IIS Sht,iulCl bc r�inl0�'ccd �up .�nd bottom to span
loc�l anomalies such as by ass�.u��in� <<n unsurpar�cci ltn�ylh ��1'�i ler�si 1? feet.
Fou:ndatic��� walls actin� �s ret��inin� structures should �►Iso be clesi�ned to resist a I��leral
earth pres�ur� based on an eyuivalem fluid unil �v�i�ht ol� �i� leas� SO pcf for on-sile soil or
suitable impor�ecl �ranular soils, exclu�ing topsoil nnd ovei:�izcd rocks, as backJill.
Back'J5ll placed around the 5tructure shuuld be well coinp��i�cl 4ind ihe ��arl'ace �,raded �o
prc�vent ponding with.in ��� IEas� 10 R:r:� of tltc buildin�:.
"I`he recommend�lions subinitted in �t�iiti leller are b��ed c+.i� �tn' c�t�servt�liun ol�the sc�ils
exposed wiihin ihe foundaiion e,cc2va�i�n �nd du noi include subsurt��ce exploracion io
eval��atc thc subsurt�ce condi�ions Wiihin the lo��tled depth oi-foundat�on influcnce. 'I'hic
study is based on Ihc assump�ion th�it soils bene��lh Ihc Footin�s havc �qual or beue.r
�upport th�n lhc�se exposed. The risk o1'.f��unil�ition moveirenl may be gre�iter th�in
inclicaled in �his rcp��rt I�ecause of possil�le v�rialions ir� lhc subsurf,ice condi�ions. In
ordEr io r�v�al tlie na�ure a,�d exiern ��f vari�tions in tl�e sul.�surlace canditi�ns belc�w the
excavaiio��, drillin� wuuld be .requircd. Il i5 possible the �atii obl��inecl by subsurface
exploration could chang� the recommcnd�tions cor,��incd in �liis li:iier. Our services do
not include cieterminin� the presence, prcven��nn r.,r r��ssibi.lity u:F n��c�lil or c�iher bi�logical
con�aminants (MU13C) develp�in� in thc future. 11'the cl�enl i� concer.n�d �ihout MO13C,
then a profession��l in Ihis spC�i�il tield ol�pr��clice should be consull�cl.
11'you hflve �ny que��ions or n�ed Funlicr �ssis�anc�, pleas� call ouE� oflice.
�incerely,
1-�1FPWUR
Dev:id A. '
b�1Y/vtid
�uachmenl
�1111�
IN(`.
rigute I. S�'cll C�:,ns�lidalion �"es� Itesul�s
�
_--.._.._ _..
�„nr��� io�n�is
�
c'��oech
�4/16l2007 07:49 3032962146
�'
._�t���l:��%'�'�'��: . �." �N��:.
��
.
�
t
i.
�
��� ��
�
w
� �.
d ��
� . �: ,�
�, �
� � � �•
t '
�Lll
'd
�
AIA INDUSTRIES
{;
PAGE 02/04
�r � �
� z —
,�.. . � �:
� � �`
Lt ��—, � ' � �'�
'f' � z '�'d';
m �
w �, p;
� w Q i �I
h �:
a a � o a;
�
� �
�o
0
� �
�
d
�
w
�
d
�
. �y
��
C1� p� �
� x. � �
` ��
� � ��
a �w
.�00: R1
i i� c�o �, . �
c �-" �� w S
� � •. w �. 7� I '
H �
� J
. �so . �
. sn � W
���7 "c�`[��6 � � � � �
�,�aw,.
w ;,��m
r��oo ,
�
. �wv�a
�;R, � �Vf6��� �
� � . '.; � N ~ z O .
U
C1 0.�ZZF,
����Wo
�d��,�.z
m4m.��
o���'�ca�
_ ,N iY �+ rL �C
H�Z��w
�U�UVf��
E�mQ�N�
0
. Q
ac�i3�cn3
. ' � , ,-i cV t'� C'
�
�lA..lt�
'6
�
��
i •
1 ��
n � � ,�s1 _ . 3 X � �►_\-v Y'� • �.,Cfd:.:kEALt.
; • j' � ._(apls.'�—T �'
. : :�;I,: lh
� - . ...-..._..:i_ �. .._.. -.
t3ar�.►�r.�..�.c�►���C� ..�i4c.��. -►� . '
!'iC9" w04U �t�a � .
;
.:r� �c�-�-�c ��. r �
11a�" = t� • '..
.. ._ . .
�. :.. � . .�
t/�. _�.��. ��� _ . ..._.._ .. . ; � � o
\ . . . . �j � l �n ' �
...4KES[O�-4•F�&13�".�C�_. -_.. . �.�. �. .
- �1�.,�. . .'�-� . .
l��x � �� -
1
i�
. . . . `.
��'�M(►:�1!'�t��. �1+�iii�tN..W00t► . � . . .
������ .������. ,
_P`� arr�►�...-:---� ................
�j�;�.wM- _ �t��...__.
����o�.� c�►� �
_ ........ ....:... ... ...... .... .. ..
G�o�'1�]����ei�.---�a�a�'a__� -.. . _.. . .
.
NS.S.
.
�
. �
... �
�
m
�
� �
m
m
�
m
�
.a
�o
. W
. m
W
N
�n
. m
• N
. . �
' A
..��..4. ��.u� TuB�.-. - . _ °'
_ 1�'� YJAL�4..- ��M� "ii�
��.��/��sz►���.�. av
_..
- � ��.,:� ^ i,�
�r�?i� ��c�..�. a!�.._t��Q C.Ri�
/ '
,�:. �F$ �.as�s -K .3f�Q' `�'.��L:"�?1�i �ZQ�i�F'�.
CRMCAL, TH� TOP OF'fHE S�O��D WOOE? CURB �
SHOULD INTERSEG"F AT 3" FROM THE FRONT
PACE 0� THE CU}�B. - �
� -t., -�. . • - � . �-
:-: �i��_pkc. :�..
���ir � � � �
FIELD RES
586 FOREST RD
va��co ais5s __ _ .
�.1.8. Iad�sl�i��, �gc, . .
VVOO.pSTON� HO�uiES, IEVC.
ORAWING NUMBER �
._ o� �o�a�Q�-2�
D
H
1?
H
d
C
�
--I
�1
H
m
�
�
D
�
m
m
W
t
m
.A
.
�.
'fl.l.t�. Knduslries, lnc.
29D �. 56th Avenue
Denver, CO $0216
1'ART 7 - GENERAL
CENERA�. SPECIFICATION D�TA
METAL FRAMED Sff Y�.IGHTS
- SHORT FOi2M -
a
SEGTiON U8630
SCOP� � �' �
A. Desiyn, fabrication and installation of entire skylight system io include a!i extruded aluminum
framing, giazing, gla�ing materials, anehors, flasY�ir�y metats, and finish on metal components. ..
PERFORMANCE R�QUtREM�NTS �
A. Skylight systEm shall be designed to suppoit loads as specified by local buiiding codes for the
location of the pro��ct, descnbed and/or specified herein as:
1. Posifive LivE L,oads:
' a. Snow Load - 10a I�S� .
�. b_ Wind Load � 100 MPH
c. , Dead Load � 250_ LSS. � ��
2. The maximum aflowable deflection of any framing member normal to the plane of the glass
shall not exceEd U't75. Spans ofi 20' - 0" or greater shalf not exceEd a maximum atlowa,ble
defiectian of V2�0. �. � .
QUALITY ASSURANC� � ' '
,q, g.1,fl, ludElsirles� InC. shall be responsible for the design, fabrication, and installation of the skylight.
PART2,PRODUCTS
NiAT�R,lAL5, � �
� p,. Framing mernbers:
1. �ctruded aluminum shalE have minirr�um mechanical properties equal to or greater than
. 6063-T5 atloy and temper.
2. Snap on covers and miscellaneaus non-structurai trim shall.be the minimum thickness
recomrnendEd by the manuiacturer. -
�PAR7 3 � EX�CUTION
' I�1ST��-�TION
� R, � Metal frarned skylights shall be installed by:
�INAL C��ANING
A.
�
fl.i.8.lndusfrles, lnc. 290 E�st 56th AV'811ue
�' Denver, Colorado, 80216
(303) 29b-9696 Fax �3D3) 296�21d�6
Final cleaning and physical protection of aii instailed materials shall be the re$ponsibi4it}r of the
general cantractor.
END 4� SECTION
,t� 7._t_o _�4 � O.� - 3.
t�ait,a �nha S3I�IlSfIQNI k�Id 9bTZ96ZE0E 6b�L9 L00Z/9T/b9
�
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2138
� DEPARTMENT OF COMMUN�Y DEVELOPMENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT Permit #: B07-0046
Project # PRJ06-0289
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL Status ...: ISSUED
Location.....: 586 FOREST ROAD Applied ..: 03/13/2007
Parcel No...: 210107211023 Issued ... : 03/30/2007
Expires . ..: 09/26/2007
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE 03/13/2007
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
ENGINEER MONROE-NEWELL ENGINEERS INC.03/13/2007
PO BOX 1597
AVON
CO 81620
License: C000002150
APPLICANT WOODSTONE HOMES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 3939
VAIL
CO 81658
License: 148-A
CONTRACTOR WOODSTONE HOMES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 3939
VAIL
CO 81658
License: 148-A
ARCHITECT ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 1976
AVON
CO 81620
License: C000001626
Description:
TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING SFR
Occupancy: R-3
Type Construction: V-B
Phone: 970-949-7768
Phone: 970-845-9698
Phone: 970-845-9698
Phone: 970-949-0257
Valuation: $373,000.00 Revision Valuation: $0.00 Total Sq Ft Added: 344
�d-� 3
� �k �
�����5.4�"c �
V
*****s*�**********as**************s********************�***�*a****�* FEE SUMMARY *�******x******�***************************a*********s******
Building-------> $2,522.55 Restuarant Plan Review--> $0.00 Total Calculated Fees--> $4,199.61
Plan Check----> $1,639.66 Recreadon Fee--------------> $34.40 Additional Fees----------> $0.00
Investigation--> $0.00 TOTAL FEES--------------> $4,199,61 Total Pernrit Fee--------> $4,199.61
Will Call------> $3.00 Payments-----------------> $4,199.61
BALANCE DUE-------> $0.00
*s***********s********************************************�:******************************************************************r*�**s***sx****�*��*
Approvals:
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
03/30/2007 cgunion Action: COND 1) rescheck
compliance certificate requried prior to framing
inspection
2) complete skylight drawings stamped by e
Colorado State Licensed Structural Engineer required
prior to framing or installation
Item: 05400 PLANNING DEPARTMENT
03/30/2007 bgibson Action: AP
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
03/23/2007 JJR Action: AP
Item: 05500 PUBLIC WORKS
03/16/2007 gc Action: DN Need to provide
info on what is going to happen with the driveway.
03/27/2007 gc Action: COND No staging in the
Right of Way.
No work on the driveway is to take place with out a PW
approval.
**************�****************�**«*«*�**�«********:*********************************************************************:*****************�*****
See the Conditions section of this Document for any that may apply.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot
plan, and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply
with all Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design
review approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHAI.L BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN ADVANCE BY TELEPHONE AT 479-2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00
AM - 4 PM. 1
0
OR CONTRACTOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
•
C�
***********�*�:*�******��***�****��**�**�******��*****���**�***�********��***********�***�***�***�*��***�
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: B07-0046 as of 03-30-2007 Status: ISSUED
********�**�*************���**�x�*�*��x**�*******�**�:**�**�**�****�:��*�**�*�****�*******�*****�*:�*�*�*:��:**
Permit Type: ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
Applicant: WOODSTONE HOMES, INC.
970-845-9698
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Parcel No: 210107211023
Description:
TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING SFR
Applied:
Issued:
To �xpire:
03/13/2007
03/30/2007
09/26/2007
********�x***�***�*�*�*******�**�*��x�*�************ Conditions **�:**��*��*�**:x****�**�*******:��**�*�*�x**�*�x
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.
Cond: 16
(BLDG.): (SFR) SMOKE DETECTORS ARE REQUIRED PER SECTION
R313 OF THE 2003 IRC.
Cond: 18
(BLDG.): STAIRWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET SECTION R311.5 OF
THE 2003 IRC OR SECTION 1009 OF THE 2003 IBC.
Cond: 39
(BLDG): EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED
TO MEET SECTION R310 OF THE 2003 IRC OR SECTION 1025 OF THE
2003 IBC.
Cond: 34
(BLDG.): A COPY OF THE SOILS REPORT WILL BE REQUIRED BEFORE
A FOOTING INSPECTION WILL BE CALLED FOR.
Cond: CON0008817
conditions of approval:
1) rescheck compliance certificate requried prior to
framing inspection
2) complete skylight drawings stamped by Colorado State
Licensed Structural Engineer required prior to framing or
installation
� �
*******************************************************************************x�************
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
********************************************************************************************
Statement Number: R070000390 Amount: $2,849.61 03/30/200704:25 PM
Payment Method: Check Init: LC
Notation:
#17303/WOODSTONE HOMES, INC.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: B07-0046 Type: ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $4,199.61
This Payment: $2,849.61 Total ALL Pmts: $4,199.61
Balance: $0.00
********************************************************************************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code
BP 00100003111100
PF 00100003112300
RF 11100003112700
WC 00100003112800
Description
BUILDING PERMIT FEES
PLAN CHECK FEES
RECREATION FEES
WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
Current Pmts
2,522.55
289.66
34.40
3.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
�
�
�
t��'�� !� `. �
_ , ��
�
APPUCATI WIL �T � �C�'��F
MAR 0 2 2007
��I
'LETE OR UNSIG ��_(�Z9�
Project #: ��
Bui Permit #: -
Separate Perm' a� lumbing, mechanical, etc.!
75 S. Frontage Rd.
Yail, Colotsdo 81657
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
�----------=-=- --___ _ --------------
•-• • �L ��!'�% � `)
��`� s_»"� ��,, k�,• l..r`i„� t a%� e'+�°'�;.�. . . � ' t� �- • E ,�-_ "w -j�i�'��� ,.�C,�.,"-_.,. �' '�°v' `�`-a �'�u � . , ..
.rm.�:�.�,.�..,s....� •�,;,,#...�„3.« ..��.m,E - �
'�'"'_F' a :.w�t�..� !.� 4 ��• _ �Sr �'� ^r-mf�+�'e. . �°i+
�� �" � ,�:. � °` _'� t ` `. ' ���'�� �� � > �,��a�� � � �� �
�
� �.
-e •t . • .. : . . . ., . - � • .
:�u,
02/09/2005
! •
********************************************************************************************
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
*********s************************************s*********************************************
Statement Number: R070000273 Amount: $1,350.00 03/13/200711:01 AM
Payment Method: Check Init: JS
Notation:
16577/WOODSTONE HOMES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: B07-0046 Type: ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $4,165.21
This Payment: $1,350.00 Total ALL Pmts: $1,350.00
Balance: $2,815.21
********************************************************************************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code
--------------------
PF 00100003112300
Description Current Pmts
------------------------------ ------------
PLAN CHECK FEES 1,350.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
�
�
�
�WNOF YAIL '
�
ASBESTOS TESTING REQUIREMENTS
�
T}iE TOWN OF VAIL AND STATE OF COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH REQUIRE ASBE5TOS TESTING
ANY 7IME WHEN MORE THAN 160 S.F. OF MATERIAL WILL BE DISTURBED OR REMOVED.
AN ASBESTOS TEST AND REPORT IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BUILDING PERMIT APPLiCATION
FOR ALL REMODEL, ADDITION OR OTHER PROJECTS INVOLVING ANY DEMOLITlON OR REMOVAL OF BUILDING
MATERIALS TNAT MAY CONTAIN ASBESTOS. BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED AFfER OCTOBER 12, 1988 THAT HAVE
NO ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS ARE IXEMPT.
A COPY OF THE REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED W1TH YOUR BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION
• I have included the asbestos test and report with my building permit application
applicant signature
OR
date
• I certify my project will not disturb or remove more than 160 s.f. of building material. The construction
plans submitted with my application clearly indicate this information. (This will be verified during plan
review, and will delay your project if found to be inaccurate)
applicant signature
OR
date
• The building was constructed after October 12, 1988. The date of construction was
� s �
licant signature date
original construction date
F:\cdev\FORMS\Permits\Building\building�ermit.DOC Page 4 of 16 OZ/09/2005
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-213 8
NOTE:
• DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNIT�EVELOPMENT
THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FOREST ROAD
Parcel No...: 210107211023
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE 03/13/2007
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
ENGINEER MONROE-NEWELL ENGINEERS INC.03/13/2007
PO BOX 1597
AVON
CO 81620
License: C000002150
APPLICANT WOODSTONE HOMES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 3939
VAIL
CO 81658
License: 148-A
I CONTRACTOR WOODSTONE HOMES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 3939
VAIL
CO 81658
License: 148-A
ARCHITECT ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES, INC. 03/13/2007
P.O. BOX 1976
AVON
CO 81620
License: C000001626
Description:
TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING SFR
Occupancy: R-3
Type Construction: V-B
Permit #: B07-0046
Project # PRJ06-0289
Status . . . .
Applied . . :
Issued . .. :
Expires . ..:
ISSUED
03/13/2007
03/30/2007
09/26/2007
Phone: 970-949-7768
Phone: 970-845-9698
Phone: 970-845-9698
Phone: 970-949-0257
Valuation: $373,000.00 Revision Valuation: $52,000.00 Total Sq Ft Added: 344
**ss**fi►**srss�**ss*sa*t****a�*s*�ssss*sas�s��*******+tss�tsa**s+fi*s FEE S UMMARY �****t+sF****s»�s****ss�**►�***�sss**ss*�►s�*�*ra**ss+rsas*s
Building--> $2,813.75 Restuarant Plan Review--> $0.00 Total Calculated Fees--> $4,680.09
Plan Check--> $1,828.94 Recreation Fee--------------> $34.40 Additional Fees---------->
$0.00
Investigation—> $0.00 TOTAL FEES-------------> $4,680.09 Total Permit Fee-----=--> $4,680.09
Will Call-----> $3.00 Paymenu-----------------> $4,680.09
BALANCE DUE-------> $0.00
#*#44##4*+k###ii##�F#tt###�*#+k#t4ti*##*#######*######t*#�##*##*#t�F##########*Rrt##*iiR*##*#}#►#*##f##t*##4iR4*�R#t*R##Ai�#####*i#�tt�R##�k#4i###t}##t##
Approvals:
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPAR�NT �
03/30/2007 cgunion Action: COND 1) rescheck
compliance certificate requried prior to framing
inspection
2) complete skylight drawings stamped by
Colorado State Licensed Structural Engineer required
prior to framing or installation
06/25/2007 cgunion Action: COND approved revised
plans.
Item: 05400 PLANNING DEPARTMENT
03/30/2007 bgibson Action: AP
06/21/2007 bgibson Action
revisions approved by planning.
Chris Gunion.
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
03/23/2007 JJR Action
: PA front porch
office set routed to
AP
Item: 05500 PUBLIC WORKS
03/16/2007 gc Action: DN Need to provide
info on what is going to happen with the driveway.
03/27/2007 gc Action: COND No staging in the
Right of Way.
No work on the driveway is to take place with out a PW
approval.
#i##f#i####t#4Rf#t#####t##iti#tt*#�##t�####t##t####*i#t#*t�#!#####*####*4#t####*#f#####i###t�4�###iR#4#�#4f##*######ftti#####�4##*####tt#####*4t*
See the Conditions section of this Document for any that may apply.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN ADVANCE BY TELEPHONE AT 479-2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM •
4 PM.
�
SIGN RE OF OWNER OR T FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
•
❑
********************************************************************************************************
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: B07-0046 as of 06-25-2007 Status: ISSUED
********************************************************************************************************
Permit Type:
Applicant:
Job Address:
Location:
Parcel No:
ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
WOODSTONE HOMES, INC.
970-845-9698
586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD
210107211023
Description:
TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING SFR
Applied
Issued
To Expire
03/13/2007
03/30/2007
09/26/2007
************************************************** Conditions********************************************
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.
Cond: 16
(BLDG.): (SFR) SMOKE DETECTORS ARE REQUIRED PER SECTION
R313 OF THE 2003 IRC.
Cond: 18
(BLDG.): STAIRWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET SECTION R311.5 OF
THE 2003 IRC OR SECTION 1009 OF THE 2003 IBC.
Cond: 39
(BLDG): EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED
TO MEET SECTION R310 OF THE 2003 IRC OR SECTION 1025 OF THE
2003 IBC.
Cond: 34
(BLDG.): A COPY OF THE SOILS REPORT WILL BE REQUIRED BEFORE
A FOOTING INSPECTION WILL BE CALLED FOR.
Cond: CON0008817
conditions of approvaL•
1) rescheck compliance certificate requried prior to
framing inspection
2) complete skylight drawings stamped by Colorado State
Licensed Structural Engineer required prior to framing or
installation
Entry: OS/18/2007 By: cgunion Action: AP
• .
*************************�**************************+*******�********�«********************�
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
**************************�*****************+*****************+***+*********«****�**+****+**
Statement Number: R070001086 Amount: $480.48 06/25/200712:26 PM
Payment Method: Check Init: DDG
Notation: Woodstone Homes
18007
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: B07-0046 Type: ADD/ALT SFR BUILD PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $4,680.09
This Payment: $480.48 Total ALL Pmts:. $4,680.09
Balance: $0.00
**+*************************+******************�*******��************+**r*******************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
BP 00100003111100 BUILDING PERMIT FEES 291.20
PF 00100003112300 PLAN CHECK FEES lgg,2g
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
� .�
u
APPLICATI ILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF IN PLETE OR UNSIGNED
Building Permrt #. � O?- pOt/6
, � � `�.� 970-479-2149 (I�aspect�ons)
� �
���1�'�A�' � REVISION TO TOWN OF VAIL ,, ,
Separate Permits are required for electrid�l,`pl b , m cF�n� 'I, etc.!
75 S. Frontage Rd. i�
Vail, Colorado 81657 ��
***All Revision submittals must include the Field Set of �proved plans. No f er ins ections
will be reformed until the revisions are a roved. *** �
OF 1/A1L `
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
General Contractor: Town of Vail Reg. No.: Contact and Phone #'s:
�..�OOdcS-t+�ne �0,�-��.5, .I�nc , I y� � i9 Ah i'%off i�S 9�0- 9��- ooy
ATTENTION: JOE, JR, CHARLIE, GREG, CHRIS
Contractor Signature: /. i�yj .
. �
COMPLETE REVISIONS �tUATIONS FOR BUILDING PERMIT (Labor 8� Materials)
REVISED AMOUNT: $�, �� c�/ ELECTRICAL: $� QQ� OTHER: $
PLUMBING: $ � MECHANICAL: $ REVISED TOTAL: $,S� Q�
For Parcef # Contact Eagle County Assessors Office at 970-328-8640 or visit www.eaqle-countv.com
Parcel #
���������oa3
Job Name: �� f� e� � dl� � e Job Address: S 86 F'o f c�5-i� �o,�� � f�} ► I
Legal Description Lot: ,� Block: � Filing: ( VO`1i� Subdivision:
Owners Name: Address: Ei K brovt V� I hone:
.�. F;��� �sa� N;aoiflj e�� �� o 0
Architect/Designer: Address: Phone:
c.l, * asso � P.o. '3ox 19�6 v�n c� 8�6ac� 97E7- 9vq-Das'
Engineer: Address: Phone: 7 76
P1 rac - e�,le,l/ �n ;nt�rj .L.c � 0. 30 �o C� /6 a `��D� 9'-l°I --
REASON FOR REVISIONS:
��w,o�.�l o� �-l� � �o.�+ �o�c,e.
Work Class: New ( ) Addition ( ) Remodel (� Repair ( ) Demo ( ) Other ( )
Work Type: Interior () Exterior () Both � Does an EHU exist at this location: Yes (} No ()
Type of Bldg.: Single-family (� Two-family ( ) Multi-family ( ) Commercial ( ) Restaurant ( ) Other ( )
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this building: � No. of Accommodation Units in this building: �
No/Type of Fireplaces Existing: Gas Appliances � Gas Logs � Wood/Pellet () Wood Burning ()
No/Type of Fireplaces Proposed: Gas Appliances () Gas Logs () Wood/Pellet () Wood Burning (NOT ALLOWED)
Does a Fire Alarm Exist: Yes � No () Does a Fire Sprinkler System Exist: Yes () No }
***'"'********FOR OF FIC E U S E ON LY�'�*"�**�`�**�**�*�*****�"�'"`�i`i`��
F:\cdevlFORMS\Permits\Building\building_revision_4-18-2007.doc Page 1 4/18/2007
�
U
B.l.�. ludusiries, lnc.
290 �. 56th A�enue
Denver, CO 802'16
pART1-GENERAL
SCOPE
�
CENERAL SPECiFICATION DATA
M�TAL FRAMED SK YWGHTS
_ SHORT F�FZ� -
' �
\
��� '
SEGTiON U8630
A. Desiyn, fabrication and installation of entire stcyiight system to include all extruded aluminum
framing, g{azing, glazing materials, anchors, flasr�ir�y metals, and finish on meta! components.
PERFORMANCE R�QUiREM�NTS
A. Skylight systEm shall be designed to suppott loads as specified by iocaE building cades for the
location of the pro��ct, described andlor specifed herein as: .�
1. �ositive Live l.oads_
a. Snow Load - 10a l�S� , •
�. b. Wind Load � 100 MPH
c. , Dead Load � 250 LBS. '
2. The maximum aflowable deflection of any framing member normal to the plane of the glass
shaEl not exceed L/175. Spans of 20' - 0" or greater sha{! not exceed a maximum atlowable
de�lection af V240, � .
QUAU7Y ASSURANC� � '
A, fl.l.�. ladusirles,lnc. shafl be respo.nsi�le for the design, fabrirtion, and installation of the skylight.
PAR7 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERlALS
q. �r2ming members:
9. �xtruded aluminum shall have minimum mechanical prope�ties equal to or greater than
6063-T5 attoy and temper,
2. Snap on covers and miscelianeous non-structurat trim shall.be the mintmum thickness
recomrnendEd by the manufacturer. -
�PART 3 - FJf�CUTiON
INSTALI-A►TION
R, �� Metal framed skylights shall be installed by:
�1NAL C��NING
0
fl.1.8. Ynaas�l�s, lnc. 290 East 56th Avenue
Denver, Coiomdo, 80216
(303) 296-9696 Fax (3D3) 296�2'[A�6
A_ Finaf cleaning and physical protection of ali installed materials shal! be the responsibifity of the
general contractor.
END U� SECTION
6 : ,��._�� ��o.� - �.
��7_ oc��
� ��: � � ��r�,� .
����� s ���r %� �ti� e J
b0/b0 3J�Jd S3I?�1Sf1QNI t1Id
9bTZ96Z�0E 6b�L0 L00Z/9T/b0
I �
� ' .
' n •
� i .�.a;J
. i • I•
. . ' �:��� M
�• _
• .-..._._:i_ :..._.. -.
l3iRt�.►��i...F�,n._�;k3 u,i4 ..�L�l�k3►.'1 ta
�L1.�. : �.f?>.ta . .
�/�." � t w
3.X � A1-�M• �I�r.:.kEA�.ti
--%Dls,�'r–Ta�i
_.:C� At=``I'�:C�i- � G
�,��� � � �
°�A�. A.�u� Aj.?C�e€..� . . ......_ .. .
�t�T1l,�� S�.�k� -�.
_�
����C!�-�
.. _ . _... �-. _... �
. �
i II
U
'���Y!��i�1Mi�Cl:�1.�iE?rH..W40t►. `.
����. F''t��tt3 .E�.�•�'.sn u6r _ �
_�� � �
�ls. ��z�._ �t�a�....._.
-�4.��ea� . s�y+.� �
..
- . _..
��Ci�.,._RlL�.fa:_� .. . �.� :� - -
NS.S.
m
,�
�
�
m
�
N
m
m
v
m
�
A
�D
• W
m
. � W
N
�
. �
N
. . . N
'..�X 4.,A�u� Tu81;�._. . °'
- ��$ 9JwL.L. �MQ�;�► "� '�
1�C.�' J ��ITaG�� t�G�
- ! /,�.:� ,,, '„ . -
Y __�:t-r>�' ���_ �?F._t�!�Q c��
� n
H
. D
H
Ot7 WQot� Gt�Rg d
C
f N
— ""��8 �s�s .K .3.�Q. �.��%.'2►c�'1 tZA�T�i'� � �
H
m
CRITICAL, TH� 70P OF'THE SLOP�D WdO� CUAB � �
SHOULD INTERSEC'F AT 3" FROM T11E FRONT
FACE O� TFiE CU�B, -
: r� - . � - . . _
.. "� t�.L.�.�..A :..
����t����
� 04116f2007 07:49 3032962146
•
. _ . �C7� 1:��/_S"�3. . . :.� �Y��..
�
�
�
� �
�3
�
�
�C�A� .Or'Jt7M dQ
' � �� � � � .
� a �.;., �..�-�
� a . .��:;
�
� o �`� �� .
:�
o �
�• ' �
.,,�— _i� � d � C�
� ff �' ^
�3 ,. �. ��
0 0 d ,� ? . .; � � �: • r�
_ . ��� � .
.`d
AIA INDUSTRIES
. •
I�.
F�
d
e
PAGE 02/04
�r U �
a �
� . ��:
� � w �`
� 4;
�� � �
� o � �;
� ='x�:
m w �, a;
�� Z �,
W O C
� 6 �:
o a �j o 0;
�
0
0
�
�
�
�
N
d
�
h� �
� o � '�
� �.� �
�
� � ��w
a �w
.,�oo �
� iw��. �i
� e � u. �, > �
�; .
� J
Nsp
tA w
�z0.��
��� � �
�����
`i°oe
�v�i��mu� !
iW�p�`�,z„�c°, �
aNazz.�
m���W�
�
z
o���Q�
,�����
=r�l W UIiY
��Z��u�i
i�,�V����
�G'�Q �N1
��=o���
a
�r a
ac�i3a c�3
,-i CV crf � •
TOWN OF VAIL FIRE DEPARTMEN� VAIL FIRE DEPARTMENT •
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD �
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2135
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ALARM PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FOREST ROAD
Parcel No...: 210107211023
Project No :���� - G 2 F5�(
I OWNER
I APPLICANT
I CONTRACTOR
Desciption
Valuation
FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
THUL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
P O BOX 534
AVON
CO 81620
License: 112-5
THUL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
P O BOX 534
AVON
CO 81620
License: 112-5
07/24/2007
07/24/2007
07/24/2007
Permit #: A07-0062 � 1 -�6�(�
Status . . . : ISSUED
Applied . . : 07/24/2007
Issued . . . 08/09/2007
Expires . .: 02/OS/2008
Phone: 970-949-4638
Phone: 970-949-4638
REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ALARM PANEL, NEW DEVICES FOR ADDITION
$1,200.00
s�ss+****sw�rs+**s*s*ssa�*s�***�s�ss►ss*******sss******s�s*s�*�****** FEE SUMMARY "`*****#s*►M�*�s*****ss*s�***a**s*s**s*ssss**ss*:s+s*s*s�ss:s
Electrical-------> $ o. o o Total Calculated Fees--> $ 2 � �. 0 0
DRB Fee----> $ 0. 0 0 Additional Fees------> $ 0. o 0
Investigation—> $0 . 00 Total Permit Fee------->
Sz��.00
W ill Call----> $ o. o o Paymenu--------------> $ z 7 7. o 0
TOTALFEES—> $2�7.0o BALANCE DUE-----> $0.00
#i###s#�#f#4fi####�F4R###►###s#a#►+h�##tfw*t##Ri####t*#t#�#f4�t#####*##Rt####iR#�f##�Ft##�t#*+#�Ft#*###i*rt#i#iR###*a#i##i#at#t##ft#rtfR#i#�#st##*M#*tf
Approvals:
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
OS/O1/2007 mvaughan Action: AP see comments/notices
###fk4#####i#i##R#tf########i#�F##�k*####iit#t#►#######4#t#########Rf�Ft�Fi#►#R####4#t#####rti##iR#�t##****�Rt#4t�F##*#*t#►Ri4#t#F*#f*###4#f#ft#*####f*#
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Cond: CON0009184
stamped approved plans and permit to be in possesion of contractor for inspections.
ft#tt##!##}�#t�*###i*i##�##f#t#tt*#�i##�1##4tM4R#�R4*t#R#tt#ii*ifR#ii#R#+kii*###f#ft##*ti►###i4#►i#it�4�Ft##t#ttts4t}��4it##i#irtt#####R#R+Rf�##i#►4#�f
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Bui(ding and Residential Codes and other ordina�ofthe Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN
AT 479-2135 FROM 8:00 AM - 5 PM.
OF'OWNER OR CONTRACTOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
• •
***�***«*********************�***««***************************************�***�***********r*
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
s****�******�******��******�******r***************��**********�***********��**s********+�***
Statement Number: R070001478 Amount: $277.00 08/09/200702:57 PM
Payment Method: Check Init: DDG
Notation: Thul
Electronics15933
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: A07-0062 Type: ALARM PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $277.00
This Payment: $277.00 Total ALL Pmts: $277.00
Balance: $0.00
***************************************�*******+********************************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
BP 00100003111100 FIRE ALARM PERMIT FEES 45.00
PF 00100003112300 PLAN CHECK FEES 232.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
' • �
I�PPLICATION �HILL PfOT BE ACCEPTED IF INCOMPLP �.ect #NSIG ��.O� �
1 c`
Building Permit #: " � 7
.�� b Q� Aiarm Permit #: cG
� � _ 970-479-2135 �Inspecti
� TOWN �F VAIL FIRE ALARM PERMIT APPLICATION
���y�' Commerciaf 8� Residentia{ Fire Alarm shop drawings are requireci at time of �5 5.
Feontage Rde application submittai and must inciude information tisted on the Vail, Colorado
�� �57 �°� page of this form. Application witl not be accepted without this
infora�aiia��
�ONTRAC�OR INFORNlATION
� F:re Alarm Cor:tractar: Town of Vail Reg. No.: Contact and Phone #'s
_�= . � � � - .� �`, ,� -� �
_� p � ,
E-Mail Address: `
�on!ractar Sign��� te: - �
,� ..�
COMPLETE VALUATIONS FOR ALARM PERM3T (Labor & Mater@ats�
� �
��9 � � � -
�-�" � Fire Alarm: $ ', ,��.,�.'C�i �� ,
�
�ca�tact �a fe i:aun Assessors �ce ai 970-328-8640 or visif www.ea ie-counf .��m for Parcel #
�'— ..X- B �`: .Y " �- �� ! S2�!'( � � .
�1!"C@I #
� ,:�^ �lame: a Job Address � ` ' � . `
4 �� �9�'h
' y 1 �°4'� ;.� � �,�v. � e w _ �. � .
�ega1 Desc�p€i�s� Lat: � Bfack: F�ing: �� Subdivis�on: �': �' �`° ,4
-,. hor�e: �
fl;nrners Name: . � ° �y <: �! Address a �,. ,fi �� 3" ,;i ,,„ � �
Address. `` ,- Phone: I
�n�ineer: - �, a , �' � � ,�;� ,- ; : _
�� '�.
€�etailed �o.,atic�n o€ worJ�. (i.e., floar;'unit #, bldg. #) i
�
,_°�:�'� � k�.=+i' E
, Detaded descri�tion of wor9c: ,
.� ; �
� - '� '� - '
_ , g. -
Work Classe �4ew ( j Addition, ( } Remodel ( ) Repair ( ) Retra-iit ( } Other f )
T of Bld Sir� le-famil ;�} Two-family l) Multi-family () Comrnercial ( j Restaura�t {) Oiher (}
YPe g � 9 Y. �:
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this bui9ding: �: No. of Accommodation units in this b�ailding:
Does (; No {) Does a Fire Sprinkier System Exist: Yes O No �. )
" � W ��� i:�'kiCXk�*iCkk'.Y]<�'a•*.-6.'fci-.k�XicsF�k�:�X:�.�-.ki:��`-.�.�--.%Y
�:x:•:�:�:�:�:��:-x�:�.:�::��.�.;.�� *���!�QROFF�w�u�ONLY
� ���� � � {''��(.� �,�{ -
• LJLCQ ���C4a i ���. �_�
"'""� � P41� tG' �iCE� i� B ;
, : ,
%re: _,,,....,.�.�. � : . � ' �
- a
F �,Users\cdev\FO�.�?S�PERMiTSWlarmpeem.doc _, _. H ,' a.�-�--- ._ _
�
0
�
�
��
MAR. 6. 2007 11; 59AM
.
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
�
,,
,:
�
Inter-Mountain
E•�tgineering �.ta,
.
�.
SOTLS AND FOUNDA'TiON INV'ESTIGA�'IpN
F�F2
PROPOSED DUPLEx RESTDENCE
N0, 8872 P, 2
L0�' 3, BLOCK 1, VAIL �IILLAGE, 6TH FTLING
TUW� OF VAIL, EAGLE COUNTX, COL�RADD
P�EPARED �'OR-
r.HARL L E Bi EDER�IAN
PROJECT NQ. 9a090G
MAACH 7.99Q
8ox No. 978 • Av�n, Coforado 81620 • 949-5072 penver 893-1531
1420 Vance Street •�,akewaod, Cotorado 80215 ■ Phone: 232�0158
�
MAR. 6. 2007 11; 59AM
;.
�
�
�
�HREN & ASSOCIATES
u
��
��AS3 'L�__sz�'.... �.;5�,`1'.f,�L'1,�
CUNCLUaIpNS
SCOPE
�I'�E 'LuCA'S'IUN ANI:� U�SGkTPTi!:�N
SITE I1VVE�'1'?UA'�'IC!N
�UB�URk'A�.:E ANli �.�kOiJNDWATER f=��NL�I`I'ZpNS
PRopOS�� CuN�T£tf1GTZ�sN
FOUNDATI�N kECOMMENZ�AT:COl�S
SLAHS UN ��R,AU�
GR�UNDWATEk AL�A U1�ATN SY�TEM
EXCAVATTON pIFFICULTTES
REINSt��tCTNU
CRAWL SPACE CU�TE,R
BACKFILL ANU SURFACE DRAtEJAGE
LAWN T R�tI G�4T r oN
MIS�ELLANEUCTS
L�CATION OF TEST BOf{INGN
SUMMAkY OF.TEST BURTNuS
GRATN-SI'LE DISTRZBUTIUN OHAR1'
PERIPHERAL UT�AZN SXSTEM
N0.8872 P. 3
1
1
,�
:�
�
4
5
h
7
7
7
8
9
9 '
�r3w�.z1� No . 1
k'i�urea No - 1 - ��
Fi�ttrer� No . ;3
Fi�ure No. 4
MAR. 6. 2001 11:59AM
�
u
�HREN & ASSOCIATES
�
• N0, 8872 F, 4
�
1
R�]�t�►]+1.�,�"��7��;
�. 5ubgoit cond.itions �xP tairl.y unitorm
over the site with Les3 �han onP toot ofi
top�oi.,l underlain h,y a slc��+P wa3h stra�um
roz�sisting oz aJ.ayey san� c�ith grave.l.
c,obblz�. and boulders �o the ma:�imum dep�h
e�plox�e� ot 7.5 fee�.
2. Tl�e prapased dupl�x residence should k�s
found�d on conven��.onaJ. spread ioo�:in�s dESi�nec�
�or a n�a.ximum so:i.J�. bearin� pressure di 2UU4 ps� .
3. Lot. :3. �i7.oclz �. Vai1. ViJ.1.a�a bth F�.ling,
�s not locat�d in a, g°4J.o�tzc k�a�3ra ��ne �.�
de� ii�ed by 'I'own o� Vai 1 urdi.nanr� �Io . 5
'��'�his report pxesents bhe result� ot a Soils anr� Fr�und�tion
Znvesti�ata.en far the p�oposed dupl�x res�dence to be cons�rueted
on Lot 3, I�J,.ocl� l, Vail L�i118�E, Fi.lin� �10. 6, Eagle Caun�y,
Colorado. The ir�vesti���t�.on w3s prepared by mean,g o� tes� pits
and labnratory tes�ing o� samp�.es obtained from �hese pi�s.
Thi� purpose o�E tMis founda.t�on exp7.ora�ivn was to de�ez�mi.ne
the various soiX pz�ofile components and the engineering
characieris�icg of the �ou�ida�ion mat�rials, and to provide
c�iteria fr�r us� b,y the desi�n en��.neers and �'rchitee�s in
preparing tha �oundation d�sign_
�
� .
�
,�
MAR, 6. 2007 11; 59AM
�
0
�HREN & ASSOCIATES
�
a.l'�� .c�rA c�N AN � F�E�;cTFtrP'C, i•+�N
N0, 8872 P, 5
o �.
'�'1'�e sxte is l.oc�ted 3t 5t�6 �'ore�'t, k�ad in Vr�i1, c;c.�lorac�o.
l�n �x�,stin� residencp oCCtipkes the lot, _ '1'his resider�ce will lar
removnd. The 10� s1GFes at arprnxima�e].y 1�) percenti f�r�cl� k'c�rest
�o�d tc aT?pro:�imr�re f.,y '�i�� r�et anu�h, wh�°re r.he 1.0� ste�p�n� t�
,3�) to �U n�rcNr�t t� the rear L��t line.. �?'h� 1ot •i� houndP�� �a� �.hF
rP�r by Nation�.l rr�x�e�t 5ervi�e l�nd un�o� a�pecial u�� permi.r,
J5� V�i.l AsQoci.�tes tnr � s}�i �x���� . '1'k1e 1��L i;3 vege��tFd �*i.r.,��
dense a,oFen. and ;scatt�sed e�ler�rwens . ,
S'f T,� 7 N,�sT ��iQ,',Z,T nN
The fi�ld inve�tigatYO�z perio�m@d r�n MarcYz ZU, 195U,
r_on3isted o� excavating, :�o�g�n� snd �am�7.i.r�� �wo test p�.t�.
'�he 1or�ations o£ the test pits ax�e shown on �r�xwing Nr . J..
The test Pit� were e::r�vated with a cnnventio�al bdckhve.
The t�st pit �ogo 3I'G� detai��d pn F�,�ures No. 1 and 2. Uranuiar
soi�,� and haxd bed.rr�ck were sampled b,y bu'la� samplin�t.
SarnFJ.es obt�iz�.PC� duririg tihe �'ield investi�atia�z were
return�d to our laborato�y, ins�ect��J��nd rlas�ifi�ed in
3cr_ordance w�.th, the Un�.�'ied Soi1 Clas�i��catican 5ystem �na thP
��°� lait 1c��s wexe edxted as necessary. To aid xn cla�si�yin�
the go�.ls and bedrocli encountered az'id to determine gen�Z�al soil
�
MAR, 6.2007 11:59AM
<
. .
�EHREN & RSSOCIATES
�
� N0.8872 P. 6
� �.
•-� chaxaat�siati4�. s�.l��ted ].abosa�tr�ry tea�� i such a� A�t�rber�
limi�3, and �r�,in 3i:.P distribu�io►� � were Periorme� nn
represer�,taGive so�l gnci bedror_�� sampJ.es. 'Che r�s�.tLt� �z thp
te9t,� pGrX�rmed are shown on i+'i�ttres No, :3.
�
�
.�
�,f ] - ti[ .�i.�AS��A.I�_S�6S2(.]:i�Lt,(��_�'� �1��
,E�,e�er �o the summ,ary at �es� pi��. r i�'ures No. 1 and 'G' .
Subsur�ace r��ndition� are �airl.y uni�orm. Less t�an o�.e f���t ot
topso�l ura5 undEr'lain by clayey sand with �rave].. cobbl.es and
boulders �o the maximum depth �r.pJ.ored o;t� 7. 5 �eet _ 'i'he track
mounted backhoe used to P.�cavate l',he te�'t Fits wa3 unabia� ta
penetrate deeper. We w�re unabl� to 'po�i�ivel3r d��Prmine that
the retu�al wa� caused by bedrock. The depths to re�u�a1 werP
tk�e same in both pa.ts anr� wa5 J.a.l��l.v r:aused by ber�xoc]�. Eedr�ck
has been encounteried izz d�eper excavations a�d on •rhe 5teeper
slopes iM t�is area, and may be P�count�rad in the foundatiori
e.scavation,
'I'he clayey aand wi�h gravcX so�_ls encaunterer� in the tie:�t
pit waa in a t irm conr�i.t ion . The racl� port xon o f thE sr� i]. �
consiste� o.f angiYlar seciirnent�ry xocl� fira�ments_ The soil. i3 �
�xanuJ.ax �oil wi�h a sitt anci clay �r�ction hi�h enou�h to im�:���ie
:tree drai.nage.
No grvundwatPx was encountiered in anY o� tk�e test pits a1;
the time of excavatir�n.
.
�
�
�
MAR. 6. 2007 11:59AM
` �.
�HREN & ASSOCIATES
N0, 8872 P, 7
� �.,
�
�89�'4.�FD i"r�N�TR ��mr�,�,�
Based on the iniormati�n pravided byt �7rahn Ho��man, it i°
L7nd�rst�ad �hat the e.�i.stin� residenC� �,�il_Z be remosrPd. The
pxr�p�9ed duplex wi�� �onsi�t a� .� tw� str�r:�� 3truc�ture with a
basement an.d .1.o�r�a wil1. be J.i�ht, tVFicsl c�t resld2T1'�13�
^��aCr�action. �'uts o� 7 t� 7.% te�t �re 3nticip�tPd. `L'he c�l.i�].ex
wi11 br� con�truc�t�d �n the �entlPx �or�ion �t the 3ite.
�'�LINDAT ON R .GQ�I�,'�.�j,J�A,T .�NS �
C�ayey �and with �ravPl and �os�ibly bedz�ock wi1.1 be
enr_ountered in the founda�ion. exc�vatior�, The propoaed duplPs�
resi.dence should be founded on conv'etLttor�al �ype spread fipotin�s
designed for a ma:timum soil beaxirzg presau�e o� 2�Ot) p�f. At
�hi.s pxe�sure, �ettlements are an�icipater� ta be less thara 1 inch
or�. �he gxan�u,lar �oi1s.
The �oo�in�s ghou].d be constructed on the undisttixrber�
�xanular soz�s or bedrocl�.
Tk�e �oota.n� excavations should be gmooth, fxee ot debri�,
�x�an.i.aa, lvo�e �oi3., :��as�, az�.d standin� water_ Any aver�
excava�ions or previausly disturbed ar�as ghould be b�ckfilled
and compactsd �o. 100 garcent with�n 2 pereer�t ot optimum cx�.oi�ture
as determined by a�tandard proc�or tast (ASTM D�698). A
reFresenta�tive of thi9 o£�ice ghould be Contacted to in�pect th.e
MAR. 6.2007 11:59AM �EHREN & RSSOCIATES
.�
�
�
` N0.8872 P, 8
�
�
�tound��tion �xcav�ation �o �reri�y �tna� r..h� sr��.,J. �onditi�n� :�r� tlzc,
�ame ss those 3nticip,�teci �� fi,n.i_� re��rc.
'Phe bott�m ��f the footin�3 sl�au:ld be P1a �•e�'i ,�, minimum oi -l8
inches be law f inal gx'ade t�r fros't protert ion .
:. ► .�
B�.sad or�, r,h� inform�ta,on �srovi_drar�, i,� i� underster�d that
thsre will be � t� �! rE�t o� �i�l ut�dzr 9omP o� th� f�.aor slab:�.
�ome ot th��� �J.ab� will bP strt.lrturzl �l�bs.
Prior to the r].acen1ent or �i1.1. a1.1. tvr��ex, or�anics, �i�d
lr���se debx'is should b� removed trom �he excavation. Fill shauld
be placed in lifts no-� e_�cceedin� one toot ( loose ) thicl�. '1'h�
ii11 shoul�i b� canapacted by me.r.�,anic:al m�ans to a mini.mLUCi of 9�
Fercen�, ai standard proctor dens�.ty ( ASTM �C�-b98 ), It i�
r�commended �hat the maisture contez�t ofi ti�� fi11 �P a'1tPred a5
necessary for �itioa.ent compaction. I� �h� on-�ite r�c�ils az�e
uged for �ill, partieles gz�eater th�n 6 inchPS and organic:s
shpuld be r�moved Fri�r tc, plac�m�nt.
A gz�anu�ar ( Le�s than lt� Fercen-� �as�i:�� a No. 2��U sieve)
ma�t should be provided ur�der the �Zoor slabs. Tkxis should be a
m�n�.mum of fo�.ir i.nches thicl� an.d com��ct�ci. 'The pur�ose ot th�d
grave� is ta ��4vi�ie a break in the capilLary risP �t mol�tu�a.
Floor slabs should be reiz�£orred and ,�oints provided a.t �h�
juz�ction of 'Che s].ab and tuun,dati.on wa113, c.o �h�3t a small amount
oi movement cax� occur with ou� causir�g damagE.
�
MAR, 6.2001 11:59AM �EHREN & ASSOCIATES
. _ � v
�
�
..�
� N0, 8872 P, 9
.�
t,�$c�UN'�WATEK ANL�_�� ' ''_,�,`L'L"�:M
Whi�s no �roundwat�r wa8 et'lcounr,ex'ed K{; 'the time the ti�1d
investigati.on wa� conducted, it is li.lie l,y t.hat 5ea5oz�al
v�riations will Catks� tlLtctua�i�r1s. The s1oPe bQhind thP !ot
el�t�ttds uF to an e l,evai;ion ot appro:�imatPl,y 11, c;�(!U' ��nc� C'PC�.° 1VB°
Large amo�a,n�s oz prer.��iration, mainl,y in tih�e torm c�z snow. tn
the run-v:�fi montih� (May-June) a_t ir l.�l�e1v t.hat th��p wz.L1 b�
grou�d wat�r itz r,he uPPer soilg. '�riere i9 a13o �h.e pos�ibiJ��.'�y
of enGOUn�ering spr�.ngs in th;i� area.
If water i� encountered durin� the cona�tructian pha�P, the
wa�ex shauld b� divez�ted or remo�r�d �xom the excavation� by a
sum� pum� or ��a�x�t dca-�ra�az�in� sYs�ecn. �'he w��ls of fihe
Excav�tion may slough and ahorin� ma�r be nscessary.
A�e�ipheral drain �ys��m as detail.�d �i�. �'iLxure No. 4,
ghould be constructed around the s�rurLUre. The ug�slope side Q�
the reta�r�ing wa11s �houl�d alsa have a pe�imetPx� drain. Below
grade wal�s in livtng s�aare,� shou7.d be water �roofed wii�h �.
membrane type wa�ez• �rc�ofing.
X� s�x�i.n�a arr: enc�untr:red, it is r. ecommended �hat t,hiG
o£f ice be contacted to maks .�FPC i i ir recommenda� ivz�s ,
�
l�
MAR. 6. 2007 11:59AM
�
.'
�HREN & ASSOCIATES
�
� N0, 8872 P, 10
�
,�
�__
F�L�H�IAT r ot� �' Fr L�rlC,��
Some ot ttz� boulders �n t�e ,�ite �mav be d��ticult to
excavate. WP anticipate th�t a large �xacli mounted hoe will b�°
adequate foz� the sxcav�ting. It bedrnek is �ncounterpd. i�. i�
usually wea�hered �r�c� well. tr•act�arPr� �.nd we Pxpect t,h3� it wiJ.l
be e�tcav�.tabl� with �he abovP c�esrribed aqtl�.�ment .
��� �� �i
Wall� retaining Parth should be desi�ned �o res�sl� an.
equivalent flua.d pres�ure ot 5U pe� tar arL "active" ca�se. This
assume� that the on site so�,ls are 1.ised fur back�il,'l, �rzd i�he
�
back�ill is izz a lev�l dra�npd condit�on_
"L'RAWT. `� A -: . �V�i'R
When moist soias are encountexed in �Che �xc�.vation, �he
�ground su�face in crawl space arPas �hou1�, be rov�.rEd witi,h a�z
impez�vious moisture barri�r sealed a�ainst the fc�otitl�s_ This
wi11, help to r�duce humidity in the rrawi ��aee area and ma�r al.so
pr�vent the moi9� foundation �oils f.rom dxvi_ng and �hri.nking,
which could possibly cause �he �trueture �o set�le.
�
,
0
�
�
MAR, 6.2007 12:OOPM �EHREN & ASSOCIATES
� N0.8872 P. 11
.�
�
�~ 'TL.L. N � �-� ���Els.:�'• ��A iN (�'a' '
t�n Lhe Zxn.�lopP b�dP or refi,��.nin� walls and tt�e toundati.en
w311� backfill should congi�t ot a tree ciraiizing imp4rt �le9s
than 1U percent passin� No. '?t70 aiev� � to w�.�hin 2�ee� �'� the
�rr�u�n� sur��ce. The treP �irainin� i.m�ort �houid be wrap�P,c.'i wi.�th
�. ge�textilr� ��brir rM'�r.3ti t�C}--N nr w��,�iv�.lent 1. `i'hN �ina.l ':_'
=ePt r�t baclfr i 11 �hotz.lr� con.,i:�t c, f the oil ��.te s�� i ls .
A� an aLternative, � r�r�in board i hSarafi i���i�u o.r �pprc�vpd
�qu�,vaJ.ent > n��y be in�tall�d on ��t1e rrunda�ta.r�n wall, ancl �he on
site sail� u�ed tox bacl��ill.
Stz�uc�uxa� bacl�fill should bo free o� or�anic� and particles
greater than 6 inches. 'The hac���ill should be p].aced �n l.ifts
n,qt e�c;eeding' 1�oot (�oosE ) ar�d compac�ed t� a minim��.m ox y5
pez�cent of star�dax�d procto� density (ASTM D-6S81.
Non-�tructuraJ. baelitill should be compacted ta a minimum o�
90 percent o:f standard proc�or dens��y. We recommend that a
�eo�echna.ea3. engineer by con�r�ctec� to observP the �illin�
opexat�.vns. xhis wi17. px'ovide �h� owz�er. with a great�r de�xee o3�
asguranee that �he contr�CtOY� i� comply�.zzt� with his nbligatio���
and that the contrac�ors pror_Pd.uz'es are ��.e�uat'.e .
Sur�ace wa�ter running to�uaxd the �tructure from upslope
�reaa should be diverted arounr.l �nd awa;y . rxom� �he bui ldzn� by
me�n,� o� d�ainage �walss.
xYze �ina� graclo 9klOUId. have r� poaiti.vw �lppe away ��om Zhe
iounda�ion walls on all sides. A minimum ot ��� inches in the
�
�
�
_..
MAR, 6.2001 12:OOPM
�
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
��
�
N0, 8872 P, 12
��
tirst 1�) £�Pt i� K'Brr�illl11gY1.�Qf_L. E1r�wns��oia�,� ,�t1�, :�i1.i r_QCks �nraul�
disch�ar�e in�to sp�ash b.L��r_its th,a�; e•;�Pnd� nP1►r,n� Lhe licr�iti° oz tne
bac�sti.11. Th� u�e of lan�: dow�.s�out �?xtPnsi�ns in FL�c� or_
sp].�sh b�r�cks i� advi�ab l� .
� T � a i,�.��V1i�Pl
Ua not install ��+rinl�ler systPm, ne,�t i,� �aundation w�.1,�s.
pox�chas or �ati.o slab�. T� sprinkJ.P�r sv�ter�s are instaJ.lod, the
sprinkler heads should be pla�ed go that the spray �r�m �h.e
head�, under tull p�'e�5ure, dr�eg no� ta11 wi.thin five feet r�f
foundat�,on walls,� porches or patia slabs. Lawn irz�i��tion must
be rontrolled.
C i 4
ThP xecommenda�i.ons prrn�ided hex�ein are taas�d on expPri�nr_e
in the area and Yrom the otzsite ti.�?ld exp�oration. 'Fhe
i.nformatzon obtsined from the £i.Pid explaration. and laborat�ry
�esting re�'].ec�s subsurface c`ond�tions onJ.y at the speciYic
loaa�iong at rhe pax•tzrular times dP,sl$nat�'cI. �ubsur�ace
con.di�i.ons at o�her locations and tirr,es may di�tar �rom th,e
condi�ions a� these �oca�ion3. The extent o£ any var�ationg
between the test �xts may not appear ev�dent unti�. Excava�i.on, is
� � •
.�
�
MAR. 6. 2001 12:OOPM
R
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
� -�
�'
N0, 8872 P, 13
�
pertosmed. E�1r�wevPr. ��nl;� min�r :r,sri�.tion� are e-���Pcterl. L,x
��urxn� co�strur_tinn cotzr,t�.ti�n� aF��?�r *^ hP di.tzPr�nr., thi�
officp sh.ou].r� be a��ri.ser� s� rP-�v�.tu��cir�n �t tkLe rP��mm�ndatiott,�
max be made.
'�his repnrt has heen �repa7red ior tha exclusive use o�.
Charlie Ai�derm�.n �or �hE speci.tic apFlicat�an to thw pr'oF�sw��
residanti3l struc�ur9 �o �e Loc3t�d �n L,ot �. B1o�k 1, �'ail
+I,illa�e. �+'i.lin� [�� _ h, Ea�l� �;ounty. i.o 1or�do _
The tindings and �e��mmend�ta.ons ��t thi.s re�+r�rt hav� b�en
p��parPd in acCOrdance Na�h local�y 3ccepted gr�ie35ional
engineering standards tor aimiL�r condi.tian� at this time. There
i� no other wa�rranty, ei�her e.c��reased or �.�pXied.
;�in�srel,y'. � �
I�iTEFt-r�ui3NT'AZN �:r1GINEEkIN�a, �'PD.
A
/' �' / `
�h�'istophex Pittner �
c�ealo�'i.��
Revi�wed Sy:
_ ,
� V� ,a,aS�;;;'��:1:`�'•'"��n
�''''�' �`�b Y � .'a �S � �' ��'-%.
�7�ftP y . �p�ne,1, �'',��•��5 °'�,.; ,.''..
V' re �xP idc�n� � ' `+ �� ,.` .�:
� °�; �:�. V L=
)_ �1 — � �
� ^� � 1 �� ,'+''
W '�
� U� : i� 1`' J-�'; r` j, }:
� �'i i C= I° �+ C
.� 1 ♦ V/' � �yJ� 'v� ��
�� �`♦��ti �(�```V\
• 1�����'�t�,�,
61
r..
MAR, 6.2001 12;OOPM
�
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
ForeaC Road
�
- �-
N0, 8872 P, 14
I •� Natios►a�l ko�esc �ana
� � (Vail Associaties)
TEST L.00ATION
�'xoposed Duple� Residence
Lot 3, Slock 1, Vail Vi�lage, 6tih Fi.�ing
�own of Vail, EagJ.e County, Colorado
Prepared for
Charlie Biederman
✓ Da�wN Br r SGf.E �
DAT@�
�
v�cr aa, 90090G
A4AMnN4 N0. e 1
MAR, 6. 2007 12:OOPM ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES _ N0, 8872,�P. 1
.
f
�- �� PiT No. 1
� Elevat�.on approximately 120 from site plan
�
a�,�%r
�Q� i��r
��
1 dfEET �
d
�
�❑
.
00�
�,
pESCFi�PTION Of MATE���t
TOP50IL
���" Brown, slighCJ.y m4isC Rock portfott,
;f`• ( g tabular
;,?: to moist G�ayey SAND SC an ul�x,
`'���� sedimez�tary rock
;;r; with Gravel, Cobbles,
;�;� and Soulders fXagmentis
.c••r•t
�3'? •
�s �i :
��:i�
�i`:}•',
:; ��
l�,r,Q.
+•��{ .
.1_:Sti::
•1� 'ti
..:I-(•
�:I�{i�
:���� �
'•'1��:
rii:l::
'; ::'
:5 ��':
�h!":.
i:i ;:f.
Practical Refusal at No groun�dwater
7.5 feet, (bedrocic) encountered
SUMMARY OF 7'E5T Pl T5
Propased Duplex Residence
Lot 3, Block �, Vail Village, 6th Fi.l�ng
Toom of Vai�., Eagle County, Colorado
Psepared for
Charlie Biederman
� �
AewaRKs
Rootis to 3
�eet
�
�a� �q� 90090G
f�au�E ro., 1
�
MAR. 6.2007 12:OOPM
' ► ���
�
.�
�
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES N0,8872 P, 16
�v
PlT N0. 2
�levation approx�.mate.Ly 109 £rom szte plan
, a��`�.
�
.�� �°'.�r .►�
IN C�T �� � DESCRIPT�ON Of MATeAI�L R�MARKS
� "'OPSOII,
rown, slightly moisC �ock portion anguiar Roots to
o moist Clayey SANU (SC) tabular sed�.meatary 3�eet
i.th Gravel, Cobbles, and rock �=sgucenrs
oulders
rB.Cica1 Refuss� at No gzoundwa�er
.5 feet, (Bedrock?) encountered
5
U
�
SIIMMARY OF TEST P/TS
Pz�oposed Duplex �tesidence
Lot 3, Block 1, Vaii Village, 6th �i�ing
Town of Vail, Eagle County, CoZorado
Prepared for
Charlie B�ederman
�
�
w�o�cr Na. 90a90G
n�oRE �o. � 2
�
Form R-5 II/78
� t
¢
�
t
a
r
3
s,
m
�
i
�
c
v
�
�
U.S_ STAHDARD SIEV� OF'ENI[�iG IN INCHE9 11.3.9TAND,ARD SIEVE NIfM�RS ITYDfiOMETER
t
u
6rcvel '°"° 8ilt or CiQy
Cobbisa ,,,,_.._ .�. ,,,,�,.. n�,� u�m �nc _
Pit 1, b feet
Portion Passing 2 inch sieve,
Liqvid Lit�it = 33
Piastic Index = 13
GRAlN-S1ZE DISTRIHt�TEON CHAftT
Proposed Duplex Residence
Lot 3, B1ock 2, Vail Vi�lage, 6th Fiiing
Town of Vail, Sagle County, Co2orado
' Prepared for
Charlie Biedern�an
�
a
0
�
3
�
0
�
•
w
a
0
V
��
a
�
�•
N
O
O
�J
�
N
0
�
�
�N
_
' �
m
' Z
Sz'°
D
cr�
cr�
O
n
D
�
�,
�
C �
S
a �
- o
�
�
• J
i
�
�
PROJECT N0. 90090�
FIGURE N0. 3
-
�
..
0
MAR. 6. 2007 12:OOPM
; .
ZE_HREN & ASSOCIATES
��
Foundation Wall
N0, 8872 P, 18
�=
Backfil7 moistened
compacted
Polyethelene Moisture � .
Barrier glued �v �oundation
wali
Geotex�ile
(Mirafi 140N or
equ�vilant)
Minimum of 6" of
3/4 inch gravel
�4" dzameter per�orated rigid
pipe sloped a mzr�zmum of 1/8��
per foot to sewer late�aZ aubci..re9.n,
sump pump or daylighted.
DETAI�S OF PERIRHERAL ORAIN SYSTEM
�OR �OOtING 7YPE FOUNDATION
FIGURE �► '
0
MAR. 6,2001 12.00PM ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
� �� � �
P
� l inter,�Vlourntain
E�ng�aneeringLta.
�une t3, zJ�O
Sri.aw ;;ons�ruc�ian
Mr . Ke ith c�=ilmirzr�
;.11 �alamath
Denvez� , (�� �311?'?;3
Ke : t�p�n :ic� �.e i�.�pccr� ;_��n
LoL '3, Block .I
V37..�. V i 1�a�e i�La r f. l yri�
Vaii, l„�
�ob No_ �0?�5V
Dea.r i�eith,
As requested I was on ei�e on May 24
1,990, to observe �he sai�.s exposed in the
The �oils exposed we�� cojnpaz�ed with the
anticipated in the soils r�por� gr�pared
9Q090G.
N0, 8872 P, 19
�
and 3]., and June 5,
�'oundat�.on e�cavation.
sub�usiace edz�ditions
lay this oftice , Job l�o .
The subsur£ace conditioz�s in the founda�ion e�.cav3tion were
simil,ax to tl'�e conditions anticipated irt �he soils renort . Soai�
la�ge bouldera were r�moved fx�om �h� excavatza�rzs_ Na b�droc'si was
observed in �he excava-�ion.
Water wa5 seepi�g and cGJ.lec�in� in th� 8�'U�hea3t cornez' ot
tkie excavatior�.. The �ource Qf thi� craLer appear� to l�e a sma1Z
drainage-way tha� flows �cx�oss rhe SOLIZnurEBt corner ot Lo'� Z and
thert tlow� g�ailei alo�� the �a�Lern p�upe�ty af Lot 3. No
evidence or wa.ter was observ�d iz� the sem�a�xlder of �he
excavat�on.
The ���ntractor had in�ex'ce'z�ted the draina�e near �he
prop�rty 1in� and placed a. �emporarY p�c pipe to conducL th.e
wa�ex' �o the roadside di�ch. Water coz�t�.nuec� to aeep izzto Ch�
e zcava�ion. We recomm�rtd �hai you imp�.ement �he �o�.lowing:
1_ No �ree water should l�e in th� forttas when
concsete is plac�ct_ Sma11. diversion di�ehes as�d
pumps should be used as nec�ssary to r�move �he
water.
Box No. 978 ► Avon. Cotorado 8162Q • 949-5Q72 Denver 893-1531
1420 Vanoe Street - Lakewdod. Calorado 80215 • Phone: 232.0158
MAR. 6.2007"12:OOPM-ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES
,� � ._..,.: , �. .�.�
. w-- .. - ;��,�y� '
� --� _ .
.,..�_ . .... ;�—
��,
N0.8872 P. 20
2. A�+ wat�r �oftened soil rnusL be remov�d zr:�m
zasid� �he �orms . Th�3 soil a�a.y be : eplace� r.�i �:t
compac�ad on-site sc�il� ��ee Founda�7.on
Recvmmendatioz�s in the �oi1s R�per�)_ washed rocl�
(gravei!, v: t�� too�ing csn 6e thici�en�d. i=
washed roc� is used_ �ti �nusL bP dra�.rxed �o av'oid
c;x�ea�i,rtg s sump condition.
3_ All oi the roo�in�s shou3.d be �otrapacted wi�ti a
hand whacker Zo consolldate tkze ,l4ose soi.i i:zws
�han �? inches �h�.ck ) le�'t by the hoe d�uring
s:�cava�inn.
�. �e �ro�o:�@a drair�.a�e �waie �.���n� tnr3 �1���
�ro�e� cy �i:ia 3houia �e i�:��d w: �. =r. :.�perv�JU3
membrane.
�
5. '�'h� �ravei iay�r b:anr�t� .ne sl���r �-ao5
s�].ou�.ti oe drgitx�a. �+rd�z� pipe� on na_:.imum '�U �aet
ceriLZ7CS should be in��a].led. beiow �h� botLom ot
the ��avei and extend to a'Foin� of frPe dz�charge
os a sutn�p_ 'rve recommend a tmznimum o� 2 pe�-c�nt
(]./4" Per Foo�) slcpe z�a the drain pipe to pxovide
positive drainage. A oeotex�zle filter �ab�i�
(M�.xa�i 140-N ox� equivalezl�) shduld be placec� �o
preven.t the gravel and drain gip�s from being
c�ogo�d.
T�.e presence of wa�er in the e�cs�ration einphasizes the
i�nportance of a properly tunc�iaz�in,g peximetex� draiz�, adeg.uate
four�dation r,��terprooting, and J.andscapins� tha� provides posi�ive
dr�inage away frr�m the s��ucture. Recommendations regardin�
the�e items are presented �,n the soi.ls �eport. �
Thank you sor this oppo�tU117.'�y �o �� o� servi.ce.
C8/JMS:aer
�ircer�ly.
�hri��topher Bi��tner
Gao?o�.
,�R 'fe'r � az��i.. P. E.
z �
V�. e es. dent
��.�`E��'. �':�"_..;�,�,;,.
� 4. , . - - ��
' : y\-,r
�vG .� �� � ¢i �
s�1 J � .��
N � '� = �' �
o -
.� .,� _. , r� -.
° S, .a . ' �'
'/,jy� ; sa'I'J�: = "
C� '� szr
'l�J/,�� � �: r•. ,1-V .i: �•
!•/ry�! 1111 i t I � N.'-'•i-:'..
•
s
FIELD RESIDENCE
C51677
PROJECT DIRECTORY
12/29/06
OWNER Larry Field
5100 Nicolas Boulevard
Elk Grove, IL, 60007
Contact: Larry Field
Voice: (847) 956-3226
Fax: (847)631-4550
Ce1L• (847) 987-6100 .
E-mail: larry.field@fieldcontainer. com
ARCHITECT Zehren and Associates, Inc.
P.O. Box 1976
48 E Beaver Creek Blvd
Avon, Colorado 81620
Contact: Tim Losa, Mio Cirkovic
Voice: (970) 949-0257
Fax: (970)949-1080
E-mail: tlosa@zehren.com, mcirkovic@zehren.com
GENERAL
CONTRACTOR
Company Name
Street/Mailing Address
City, State, Zip Code
Contact: Name
Voice:
Fax:
Cell:
E-mail:
CIVIL Inter-Mountain Engineering, LTD
ENGINEER P.O. Box 978
Avon, Colorado 81620
Contact:
Voice: (970) 949-5072
Fax: (970) 949-9339
E-mail: kkidd@inter-mtn.net
STRUCTURAL Monroe And Newell Engineers, INC
ENGINEER P.O. Box 1597
Avon, Colorado 81620
Contact: HQnnes Spaeh, P.E.
Voice: (970) 949-7768
Fax: (970) 949-4054
E-mail: avon@monroe-neweil.com
•
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
051677
PROJECT DIRECTORY
12/29/06
MECHANICAL Architectural Engineering Consultants
ENGINEER P.O. Box 8489
Avon, Colorado 81620
Contact: Bob Cummings
Voice: (970) 748-8520
Fax:(970)748-8521
E-mail: stan@aec-vail.com
ELECTRICAL Architectural Engineering Consultants
ENGINEER P.O. Box 8489
Avon, Colorado 81620
Contact: Mitch Hyra
Voice: (970) 748-8520
Fax: (970) 748-8521
E-mail: stan@aec-vail.com
0
• r
The Field Residence 051677.00
Renovation / Remodel December 29, 2006
THE FIELD RESIDENCE
Renovation / Remodel
Project No. 051677.00
December 29, 2006
SPECIFICATION INDEX
00700 AIA DOCUMENT A701: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
AIA DOCUMENT AZO1: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
FOR CONSTRUCTION .
BUILDING CODE SUMMARY SHEET
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
01100
01210
01230
01250
01270
01290
01310
01320
01330
01400
01420
01500
01600
01700
01731
01732
01770
01781
01782
SUMMARY
ALLOWANCES
ALTERNATES
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
LJNIT PRICES
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
REFERENCES
TEMPORARY FAC�I.ITIES AND CONTROLS
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
CUTTING AND PATCHING
SELECTNE DEMOLTI'ION
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTATION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
02230
02300
02620
02780
02920
02930
SITE CLERR1Iv'G
EARTHWORK
SUBDRAINAGE SYSTEM
UNIT PAVERS
LAWNS AND GRASSES
EXTERIOR PLANTS .
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
0
TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1- 1
�
�
��
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
• •
The Field Residence
Renovation / Remodel
03301 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS)
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04860 STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05500 METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 6- WOODS AND PLASTICS
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06I05 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
06401 EXTERIOR ARCHITEC?URAL WOODWORK
06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
DIVISION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07141 COLD FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING
07210 BUILDING INSULATION
07315 SLATE ROOFING
07315.5 SYNTHETIC SLATE ROOFING
07317 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
07610 SHEET METtAL ROOFING
07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS
08212 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
08550 WOOD WINDOWS
08620 iJNIT SKYLIGHTS
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09210 GYPSUM PLASTER
09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09310 CERAMIC TILE
09640 WOOD FLOORING
09680 CARPET
09912 PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL L1NE PRODUCTS)
09931 EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
NOT USED
TABLE OF CONTENTS•
051677.00
December 29, 2006
VOLUME 1 - 2
�
�
•
The Field Residence
Renovation / Remodel
DIVISION 11 - EQLTIPMENT
NOT USED
DIVISION 12 - FURI�IISHINGS
NOT USED
DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT USED
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15410 PLUMBING FIXTLTRES
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16511 INTERIOR LIGHTING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
051677.00
December 29, 2006
VOLUME 1 - 3
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
• •
�
����� TM
==�== Document A701 —1997
Instruct►ons to Bidders
for the following PROJECT:
(Name and location or address):
Field Residence
586 Forest Road
Vail, CO 81657
THE OWNER:
(Name and address):
Larry Field, Individual
300 Moraine Road
Highland Park,IL 60035
THE ARCHITECT:
(Name and address):
Zehren & Associates
P.O. Box 1976
Avon, CO 81620
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1 DEFINITIONS
� 2
3
�
�
�
�
�
�
4
5
6
7
8
BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
BIDDINC3 DOCUMENTS
BIDDING PROCEDURES
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
POST-BID INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS:
The author of this document has
added information needed for its
completion. The author may also
have revised the text of the original
AIA standard form. An Additions and
Deletions Report that notes added
information as well as revisions to
the standard form text is available
from the author and should be
reviewed. A vertical line in the left
margin of this document indicates
where the author has added
necessary information and where
the author has added to or deleted
from the originat AIA text.
This document has important legal
consequences. Consultation with an
aitorney is encouraged with respect
to its completion or modification.
�
AIA Document A701TM —1997. Copyright 0 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Instrtute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: Ttiis
� AIA" Dacumer.t is protected by li.S. Copyriyh: Law and lntematicnal Treaties. Unauthori«d reproduction or distribuNo� ot this AIA' Document. or 1
any portion c�f i,. may result in severe civil and criminal penaitiec, and wiii be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This
document was produced by AIA soRware at 11:04:02 on Ot/25/2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (1092095796)
�
�
,�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
• �
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
§ 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding
Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions
to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of
the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract.
§ 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in
other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents.
§ 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which
modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections.
§ 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted
in accordance with the Bidding Documents.
§ 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the
Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated
in Alternate Bids.
§ 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of
the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted.
§ 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of ineasurement for materials, equipment or
services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents.
§ 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding
Documents.
§ 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion
of the Work.
ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
§ 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that:
§ 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and undersEands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such
documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being
bid concunently or presently under construction.
§ 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents.
§ 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be
performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract
Documents.
§ 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without
exception.
ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS
§ 3.1 COPIES
§ 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain one complete set of the Bidding Documents from Zehren and Associates, Inc., 48 East
Beaver Creek Blvd., Avon, CO 81620. Contact Bill Bevis: 970 949-0257. Additional copies of documents are the
responsibility of each General Contractor.
�§ 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders.
�
AIA Document A707*"�— 1997. Copyright OO 1970, 1974, 1978, 1gg7 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNtNG: This
� A!A" Document 9s protecied by U.S. Copyriyht Law and Internationai Treati�y. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this KiA'" Document. or
any portion ot it, may resutt in seveee civii and criminai penaiiies; and wiil be pr�secuted to the maximum extent possible under ihe law. This 2
document was produced by AIA software at 11:04:02 on Ot/25/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: —
(1092095796)
�
�
• �
§ 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect
assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding
Documents.
§ 3.1.4 The Owner and Architec[ may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the
purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is confened by issuance of copies of the Bidding
Documents.
§ 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
� § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work
being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is
submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors,
inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered.
§ 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a
written request which shall reach the Architec[ at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.
§ 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of [he Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum.
Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding,
and Bidders shali not rely upon them.
§ 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
§ 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required
function, dimension, appeazance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution.
§ 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been
received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name
of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution
including iirawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement
setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of
other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof
of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of
a proposed substitution shall be final.
§ 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an
Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.
§ 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents.
§ 3.4 ADDENDA
§ 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a�complete set of
Bidding Documents.
§ 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents aze on file for that
purpose.
§ 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum
withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids.
§ 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the
3idder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid.
ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES
§ 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS
§ 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents.
AIA Document A701 TM-1997. Copyright p 1970, 1974, 1978, 7987 and 1997 by The American �nstitute ot Architecis. All rights reserved. WAfiN{NG: This
� A!A° Document is protected by U.S. Copyriyht Law a�d Intsmaiional Treaties. U�authorized rearoduction �r �tistribution of th:s AiA' �ocumen2, or 3
any portion of it, may result in severe civif and crimina! pe�alties; and wil! tae ��rosectited to the maximum extent possibie under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 11:04:02 on Ot/25/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which expires on 5l23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: —
(1092095796)
� � s
!
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
§ 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium.
§ 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall
govern.
§ 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid.
§ 4.1.5 All requested Alternates, unit prices and allowances shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required,
enter "No Change."
§ 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without
forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids
stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any
other manner.
§ 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The
Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be
signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall
further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a
current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the $idder.
§ 4.2 BID SECURITY
§ 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the
Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid
and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations
arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the
amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of
the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the even[ the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2.
§ 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided
in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the
bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney.
§ 4.2.3 The Owner will have the righ[ to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered
� until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time
has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected.
§ 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
� § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid
shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and
shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of
� the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a'
separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof.
�
��
§ 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the the office of Zehren and Associates, 48 East Beaver Creek Blvd., Avon,
Colorado by 5:00 p.m., February 15`h, 2007. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be
returned unopened.
§ 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.
§ 4.3.4 Oral, telephenic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered.
� § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID
§ 4.4.1 A Bid may not be moditied, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period follo�v:ng
the:time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid.
�
AIA Document A701 TM —1997. Copyright Q 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. iNARNlNG: This
� ASA" Document ?s protecied by �l.S. Copyright taw and {nternationai Treatiss. Unauihorized reproduciion or distribution of this AiA'' Document, or 4
any portion r�f it, may resuit in severe civil and crim"snat nenalties; and wiil be prosecuted to the maximum extent possibie under the law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 11:04:02 on Ot/25/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (1092095796)
�
�
:J
�
�9
�
�
�
�
�
�
I._1
�
�
�
�
��
�7
� �
§ 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by
notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the
signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time-
stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as
not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.
§ 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to [he date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that
they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.
§ 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted.
ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
§ 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS
At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, [he properly identified Bids
received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud
§ 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS
The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by
other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to
rejection.
§ 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD)
§ 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to awazd a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been
submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available.
The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid
which, in the Owner's jndgment, is in the Owner's own best interests.
§ 5.3.2 T'he Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically
provided in [he Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and
Alternates accepted.
ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION
§ 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUAUFICATION STATEMENT
Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to ihe Architect, upon request, a properly
executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previousty
required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documcnts.
§ 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY
The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom awazd of a Contract is under consideration and no later than
seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that
financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable
evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Coniractor.
§ 6.3 SUBMITTALS
§ 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of
selecUon for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing:
.1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces;
.2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal i[ems or systems of materials and
equipment proposed for [he Work; and
.3 names of persons or en[ities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to
a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work.
§ 6.3.2 The Bidder ��ill be required to establish ro the satisfaction of the Architect and Gwner the reliability and
responsibility of the persons or entilies proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding
Documents.
§ 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or
Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the
AIA Document A701T� —1997. Copyright OO 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARtJiiJG: Th;s
� AIA'` Documeni is protecteu by U.S. Copyright Law and i�terrwationai Treaties. Unauihorized reproduction or distribution ot this AI�"'' Document, or 5
, any portion ot it. may resuli in sevare civi! and crimina! penafties, and wi71 he prosecuted to the maximum extent possibte under ihe law. This
document was produced by AIA software at 11:04:02 on 01/25/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (1092095796)
�
• •
� Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option,
(1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable s�bstitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or
� Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted
bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be
forfeited.
� § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable
objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written
consent of the Owner and Architect.
� ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
§ 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS
§ 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of
� the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual
sources.
� § 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid.
If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of [he Contract, the cost of such
bonds shalt be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum.
� § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will
be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents.
� (Paragraphs deleted)
� ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA
Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a
� Stipulated Sum.
�
�
�
�
l�
J
�
�
AIA Document A701TM —1997. Copyright �O 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: ihis
AiA�` Document is pro.�cted by U.S. Copyright Luw and International Treaties: UnauChorized reproduction or distribution ot ti�is AIA3 Documeni, or 6
� any poriion of it, may result in severe civil and criminai penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under ihe law. This
doCUment was produced by AIA software at 11:04:02 on 01 /25l2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes:
(1092095796)
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
• �
` ��� � TM
==�== Document A201 -1997
General Conditions of the Contract for Construcfion
for the following PROJECT:
(Name and location or address):
Field Residence
586 Forest Road
Vail, CO 81657
THE OWNER:
(Name and address):
Larry Field, Individual
300 Moraine Road
Highland Park, IL 60035
THE ARCHITECT:
(Name and address):
Zehren & Associates
P.O. Box 1976
Avon, CO 81620
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
2 OWNER
3 CONTRACTOR
4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5 SUBCONTRACTORS
6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
8 TIME
9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14 TERMINATlON OR SUBPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS:
The author of this document has
added information needed for its
completion. The author may also
have revised the text of the original
AIA standard form. An Additions and
Deletions Report that notes added
information as well as revisions to
the standard form text is available
from the author and should be
reviewed. A vertical line in the IeR
margin of this document indicates
where the author has added
necessary information and where
the author has added to or deleted
irom the original AIA text.
This document has important legal
consequences. Consultation with an
attorney is encouraged with respect
to its completion or modification.
This document has been approved
and endorsed by The Associated
General Contractors of America
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright � 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of ArChitects. Atl rights reserved. WARNING: This r1!A" Documenk is protected by U.S. Copyright !aw and'lntemational Treaties_ Unauthorized 1
reproduction or distribution oi this AIA`� Document, or any portion of it, may resuit in severe civil and criminal penalties. arsd will be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
� o 0
�
�
�_J
�
�
�
_�
�
�
�L
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
INDEX
(Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings)
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work
9.6.6, 9.9.3,12.3
Acceptance of Work
9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.93, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3
Access to Work
3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1
Accident Prevention
4.2.3, 10
Acts and Omissions
3.2, 33.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 42.3, 4.3.8, 4.4.1, 8.3.1,
9.5.1, 10.2.5, 13.42, 13.7, 14.1
Addenda
l.l.l, 3.11
Additional Costs, Claims for
4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.3.6, 6.1.1, 103
Additional Inspections and Testing
9.8.3, 122.1, 13.5
Additional Time, Claims for
4.3.4, 4.3.7, 8.3.2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid
l.l.l
Aesthetic Effect
42.13, 4.5.1
Allowances
3.8
All-risk Insurance
11.4.1.1
Applications for Payment
4.2.3, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5,
9.10,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3
Approvals
2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5
Arbitration
4.33, 4.4, 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.6, 83.1, 9.7.1, 11.4.9,
11.4.10
Architect '
4.1
Architect, Defnition of
4.1.1
Architect, Extent of Authority
2.4, 3.l 2.7, 4.2, 43.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.6, 7.4,
9.2, 93.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1,
13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4
Architect, Limitations of Authority and
Responsibility
2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,
4.2.2, 4.23, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4,
5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses
2.4,11.4.I.i.122.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4
Architect's Administration of the Contract
3.1.3, 4.2, 43.4, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5
Architect's Approvals
2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 4.2.7
Architect's Authority to Reject Work
3.5.1, 42.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1
Architect's Copyright
1.6
Architect's Decisions
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 42.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5,
4.4.6, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, ?3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4,
9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 142.2, 14.2.4
Architect's Inspections
4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.83, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Architect's Instructions
3.23, 33.1, 4.2.6, 42.7, 4.2.8, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2
Architect's Interpretations
4.2.11, 4.2.12, 43.6
Architect's Project Representative
4.2. I O
Architect's Relationship with Contractor
1.I.2, 1.6,3.1.3,32.1,3.2.2,32.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1,
3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2,
4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.22, 7, 83.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4,
9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12,
13.4.2, 13.5
Architect's Relationship wi[h Subcontractors
1.1.2, 4.23, 4.2.4, 42.6, 9.63, 9.6.4, 11.4.7
ArchitecYs Representations
9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1
Architect's Site Visits
4.2.2,42.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,
13.5
Asbestos
10.3.1
Attorneys' Fees
3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3
Award of Separate Contracts
6.1.1, 6.1.2
Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for
Portions of the Work
5.2
Basic Detinitions
1.1
Bidding Requirements
1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.5.1
Boiler and Machinery Insurance
11.4.2
Bonds, Lien
9.10.2
Bonds, Performance, and Payment
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, I 1.5
Building Permit
3.7.1
Capitalization
1.3
Certificate of Substantial Completion
AIA Dceument A201 TM-1997. Copyright � 1911, 1 g15, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This qiAn Ooc�inent is pratected by U.S. Copyright Law and international Treaties. Unautnorized 2
reproduction or distributian ot this AIA`� Documanl, or any portian oi it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wili be prosecuFed to the
maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA soflware at 08:55:71 on O7/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5l23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes: (3077206591)
��
�
9.8.3, 9.8.4,9.8.5
Certificates for Paymer►t
4.2.5,4.2.9,93.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.],9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1,
9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 142.4
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval
13.5.4
Certificates of Insurance
9.102, 11.1.3
Change Orders
1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.82.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 42.8, 4.3.4,
43.9, 5.23, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3,
11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, 11.4.9, 12.1.2
Change Orders, Definition of
72.1
CHANGES IN THE WORK
3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 11.4.9
Claim, Definition of
4.3.1
Claims and Disputes
3.2.3, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 6.1.1, 63, 7.3.8, 9.3.3, 9.10.4,
10.3.3
Claims and Time}y Assertion of Claims
4.6.5
Claims for Additional Cost
3.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.3.6, 6.1.1, 7.3.8, ] 03.2
Claims for Additional Time
3.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions
4.3.4
Claims for Damages
3.23, 3.18, 43.10, 6.1.1, 8.33, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.33,
11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4
Claims Subject to Arbitration
4.4.1, 4..5.1, 4.6.1
Cleajeing Up
3.15, 6.3
Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period
13.7
Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to
2.2.1, 32.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.5, 5.2.1,
523, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6,
11.5.1 � �
Commencement of the Work, Definition of
8.1.2
Communications Facilitating Contract
Administration
3.9.1, 4.2.4
Completion, Conditions Relating to
1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8,
9.9.1,9.10,12.2,13.7,14.1.2
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND
9
Completion, Substantial
4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.23,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3,
9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7
Compliance with Laws
•
L6.1, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6.4,
4.6.6,9.6.4,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4,13.5.1,
13.5.2,13.6,14.1.1,142.13
Concealed or Unknown Conditions
4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3
Conditions of the Contract
1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1, 6.1.4
Consent, Written
1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2,
9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.103, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
1.1.4, 6
ConsWction Change Directive, Definition of
7.3.1
Construction Change Directives
1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,43.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 �
Construction Schedules, Contractor's
1.4.1.2, 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.122, 43.7.2, 6.1.3
Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts
5.4,14.2.2.2
Continuing Contract Performance
4.3.3
Contract, Definition of
1.1.2
CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR
SUSPENSION OF THE
5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14
Contract Administration
3.13, 4, 9.4, 9.5
Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating
to
3.7.1, 3.10, 52, 6.1, 11.13, 11.4.6, 11.5.1
Contract Documents, The
1.1, l.2
Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of
1.6, 2.2.5, 5.3
Contract Documents, Definition of
1.1.1
Contract Sum
3.8, 4.3.4, 43.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2, 73, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2,
9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 143.2
Contract Sum, Definition of
9.1
Contract Time
4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.23, 7.2.13, 7.3, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2,
8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2
Contract Time, Definition of
8.1.1
CONTRACTOR
3
Contractor, Definition of
3.1, 6.1.2
Contractor's Construction Schedules
1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Contractor's Employees
AIA Document A201T�" — 1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 7918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Instiiute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AiA`` Document is protected by U.S. Copyriyht Law and International Treaties. �nauthorizsd
reproduction or distribution oF this AIA`" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and crimina! penalties, and wiii b� prosecuted to tne
maximum extent possibie under fhE iaw. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on O7/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
� •
e
�
�I
�
�
�
�
�
�
�J
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.182, 42.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3,
l l.l.l, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1,
Contractor's Liability Insurance
11.1
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors
and Owner's Forces
3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors
1.2.2, 33.2, 3.18.1, 3.182, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2,
11.4.1.2, 11.4.7, 11.4.8
Contractor's Relationship with ihe Architect
1.1.2, 1.6,3.13,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.23,33.1,3.4.2,3.5.1,
3.73, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2,
4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.7, 5.2, 62.2, 7, 83.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4,
9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 102.6, 10.3, 113, 11.4.7, 12,
13.4.2, 13.5
Contractor's Representations
1.52,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2
Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the
Work
33.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1,
10
Contractor's Review of Contract Documents
1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work
9.?
Con[ractor's Right to Ternunate the Contract
43.10, 14.1
Contractor's Submittals
3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,73.6,9.2,93,
9.8.2, 9.83, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.13, 11.52
Contractor's Superintendent
3.9, 10.2.6
Contractor's Supervision and Construction
Procedures
1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 43.3, 6.1.3,
6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14
Contractual Liability Insurance
11.1.1.8, 112, 11.3
Coordination and Correlation
1.2, 1.5.2, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.13, 6.2.1
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications
1.6, 2.2.5, 3.11
Copyrights
1.6, 3.17
Conection of Work
2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 42.1, 9.4.2, 9.82, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2,
12.2, 13.7.1.3
Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents
1.2
Cost, Definition of
7.3.6
Costs
2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3,
7.3.3.3, 73.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3,
11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5,14
Cutting and Patching
6.2.5, 3.14
Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate
Contractors
3.14.2, 6.2.4, 91. l.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1,
11.4, 12.2.4
Damage to the Work
3.142, 9.9.1, 10.2.12, 102.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4
Damages, Claims for
3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.33, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3,
]1.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4
Damages for Delay
6.1.1, 8.33, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.32
Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of
8.1.2
Date of Substantial Completion, De�nition of
8.13
Day, Definition of
8.1.4
Decisions of the Architect
42.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5,
4.4.6, 4.5, 6.3, 73.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4,
9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Decisions to Withhold Certification
9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3
Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance,
Rejection and Correction of
23,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6,9.8.2,
9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3
Defective Work, Definition of
3.5.1
Definitions
1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.122, 3.12.3, 4.1.1,
4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1
Delays and Extensions of Time
323, 43.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, �i.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,
7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 103.2, 10.6.1, 143.2
Disputes
4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,63,7.3.8
Documents and Samples at the Site
3.11
Drawings, Definition of
�1.1.5 �
Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of
1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3
Effective Date of Insurance
82.2, 11.1.2
Emergencies
4.3.5, 10.6, 14.1.1.2
Employees, Contractor's
3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3,
11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and
].1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1,
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 73.6, 9.3.�, 933, 9.5.1.3,
9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2
Execution and Progress of the Work
AlA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. 'vJARNtNG: This AIA`` Document is pr�tscted by U.S. Copyriqht Law and International Treatiss. Unauthorized
reproduction or distribution of this A!A' Document, or any portion of it, may resulY in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wili be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under the Iaw. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 08:55:71 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
C�
1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.22, 22.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 33, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7,
3.10, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 62.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.4,
82, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 122, 142, 143
Extensions of Time
3.2.3, 43.1, 4.3.4, 43.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 73, 7.4.1,
9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.32, 10.6.1, 14.3.2
Failure of Payment
4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 142.1.2, 13.6
Faulty Work
(See Defective or Nonconforming Work)
Final Completion and Final Payment
4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.13, 11.4.1,
11.4.5,12.3.1,13.7,14.2.4,14.4.3
Financial Arrangements, Owner's
2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance
11.4
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1
Governing Law
13.1
Guarantees (See Warranty)
Hazardous Materials
10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5
Identification of Contract Documents
1.5.1
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers
5.2.1
Indemnification �
3.17, 3.18, 9.102, 10.3.3, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7
Information and Services Required of the Owner
2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,42.7,4.3.3,6.13,
6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.92, 9.10.3, 10.3.3,
l 1.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5,2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4
Injury or Damage to Person or Property
4.3.8,10.2,10.6
Inspections
3.13, 3.3.3, 3.'7.1, 4.2.2, 42.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.2,
9.83, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5
Instructions to Bidders
1.1.1
Inswctions to the Contractor
323, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 4.2.8, 52.1, 7, 12, 8.2.2, 13.5.2
Insurance
3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,
9.10.5, 11
Insurance, Boiler and Machinery
11.4.2
Insurance, Contractor's Liability
] 1.1
Insurance, Effective Date of
8.22, 1 I .1.2
Insurance, Loss of Use
11.4.3
Insurance, Owner's Liability
11.2
�
Insurance, Project Management Protective
Liability
11.3
Insurance,Property
10.2.5, 11.4
Insurance, Stored Materials
93.2, 11.4.1.4
INSURANCE AND BONDS
11
Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy
9.9.1, 11.4.1.5
Insurance Companies, Setdement with
11.4.10
Intent of the Contract Documents
1.2.1, 42.7, 42.12, 4.2.13, 7.4
Interest
13.6
Interpretation �
1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4
Interpretations, Written
4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.6
Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required
4.6.4
Judgment on Final Award
4.6.6
Labor and Materials, Equipment
1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,
42.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 62.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,
9.10.2, 102.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2
Labor Disputes
83.1
Laws and Regulations
1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6,
9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1,
13.5.2, 13.6, 14
Liens
2.1.2, 4.4.8, 8.2.2, 9.3.3, 9.10
Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder
4.6.4
Limitations, Statutes of
4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7
Limitations of Liability � �
2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18,
42.6, 42.7, 4.2.12, 6.22, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.4,
10.33, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2
Limitations of Time
2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.73,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,
4.2.7, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2, 53, 5.4, 6.2.4, 73, 7.4,
8.2, 9.2, 93.1, 93.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9,
9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5,
13.7, 14
Loss of Use Insurance
11.4.3
Material Suppliers
1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,93,9.42,9.6,9.10.5
Ivlaterials, Hazardous
10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5
AIA Document A201T'" —1997. Copyright OO 7911, 19]5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. Atl rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'� Document is proiected by U.S. Copyriyht lava and Intemationa! Treaties. U�auihorized
reproduction or disiribution o( this AiA� Documen[, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminai penatties, and wifl be prosecuted to the
maximurn extent possib�a under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.100O234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
� � �
�
�
�
C1
�
LJ
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
f1
�
�
�
Materials, Labor, Equipment and
1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.82, 3.8.23, 3.12, 3.13,
3.15.1, 4.2.6, 42.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 73.6, 9.3.2, 9.33,
9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 142.1.2
Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and
Procedures of Construction
3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,42.7,9.4.2
Mechanic's Lien
4.4.8
Mediation
4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 10.5
Minor Changes in the Work
1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,43.6,7.1,7.4
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13
Modifications, Definition of
1.1.1
Modifications to the Contract
1.1.1, 1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,42.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,
9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1
Mutual Responsibility
6.2
Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of
9.6.6, 9.9.3,12.3
Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of
2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,62.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,
12.2.1, 13.7.1.3
Notice
22.1, 2.3, 2:4, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.72, 3.7.4, 3.12.9, 4.3,
4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.I0, 10.2.2, 11.1.3,
11.4.6,12.22,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2
Notice, Written
2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5,
5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 102.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, l 1.4.6,
122.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14
Notice of Testing and Inspections
13.5.1, 13.5.2
Notice to Proceed
8.2.2
Notices, Permits, Fees and
2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2
Observations, Contractor's
1.52, 3.2, 3.7.3, 43.4
Occupancy
2.22, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.4.1.5
Orders, Written
1.1. l, 2.3, 3.9, 43.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2,
13.5.2, 143.1
OWNER
2
Owner, Definition of
2.t
Owner, Information and Services Required of the
2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1; 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 43.3, 6.1.3,
6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.103, 10.3.3,
11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.52,14.1.1.4,14.1.4
Owner's Authority
1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2,4.1.2,
4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1,
6.1, 6.3, 72.1, 73.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 93_l, 93.2, 9.5.1,
9.9.1, 9.I0.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, t 1.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10,
12.2.2,123.1,132.2,14.3,14.4
Owner's Financial Capability
2.2.1, 132.2, 14.1.1.5
Owner's Liability Insurance
11.2
Owner's Loss of Use Insurance
11.43
Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
1.12, 52, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.102, 14.2.2
Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
2.4, 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2
Owner's Right to Clean Up
6.3
Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to
Award Separate Contracts
6.1
Owner's Right to Stop the Work
2.3
Owner's Right to Suspend the Work
143
Owner's Right to Ternunate the Contract
14.2
Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications
and Other Instruments of Service
1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,42.12,5.3
Partial Occupancy or Use
9.6.6, 9.9, 11.4.1.5
Patching, Cutting and
3.14, 6.2.5
Patents
3.17
Payment, Applications for
42.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5,
9.10.1, 9.103, 9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
Payment, Certiticates for
4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1,
9.103, 13.7, 14.1.13, 14.2.4
Payment, Failure of
4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6
Payment, Final
4.2.1, 42.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1,
11.4.5, 123.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.43
Payment Bond, Performance Bond and
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5
Payments, Progress
43.3, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9
Payments to Subcontractors
5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8,
14.2.1.2
PCB
10.3.1
AIA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright �O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protecied by U.S. Copyrsyht Law and internationai Treaties. Unauthorized
reproduction or distribution o( this AtA`� Documenl, or any porkion of it, may result in severe civil and criminai penaities, and wil! be prosecuted io the
maximum extent possible under the lativ. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
' .
�
�
�
�J
�J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Performance Bond and Payment Bond
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 1].4.9, 11.5
Permits, Fees and Notices
22.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.22
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION
OF
10
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
10.3.1
Product Data, Definition of
3.12.2
Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings
3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7
Progress and Completion
4.2.2, 4.3.3, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4
Progress Payments
43.3, 93, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3
Project, Definition of the
1.1.4
Project Management Protective Liahility
Insurance
11.3
Project Manual, Definition of the
1.1.7
Project Manuals
2.2.5
Project Representatives
4.2.10
Property Insurance
102.5, 11.4
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10
Regulations attd Laws
1.6, 32.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6,
9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1,
13.52, 13.6, 14
Rejection of Work
3.5.1, 4.2.6, 122.1
Releases and Waivers of Liens
9.10.2
Representations
1.52,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.22,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1,
9.8.2, 9.10.1
Representatives
2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2,
13.2.1
Resolution of Claims and Disputes
4.4, 4.5, 4.6
Responsibility for Those Perfo:ming the Work
3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.13,6.2,6.3,9.5.1,
10
Retai nage
9.3.1, 9.62, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.103
Review of Contract Documents and Field
Conditions by Contractor
1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.13
Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and
Architect
3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.82
Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples by Contractor
3.12
Rights and Remedies
1.1.2, 23, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3,
5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 73.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3,
122.2, 122.4, 13.4, 14
Royalties, Patents and Copyrights
3.17
Rules and Notices for Arbitration
4.6.2
Safety of Persons and Property
10.2,10.6
Safety Precautions and Programs
33.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 102, 10.6
Sampies, Definition of
3.12.3
Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and
3.11, 3.12, 42.7
Samples at the Site, Documents and
3.11
Schedule of Values
9.2, 9.3.1
Schedules,
1.4.12, 3.10, 3.Construction12.1, 3.12.2, 4.3.7.2,
6.1 3
Separate Contracts and Contractors
1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, 8.3.1,
11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5
Shop Drawings, Definition of
3.12.1
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7
Site, Use of
3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1
Site Inspections
1.2.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 42, 43.4, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Site Visits, Architect's
4.22, 4.2.9, 43.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Special Inspections and Testing
4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5
Specifications, Definition of the
1.1.6
Specifications, The
1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17
Statute of Limitations
4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7
Stcpping the Work
2.3, 43.6, 9.7, 103, 14.1
Stored Materials
6.2.1, 9.3.2, 1 �.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4
Subcontractor, Definition of
5.1.1
SUBCONTRACTORS
AIA Document A201 TM —1997. Copyright �O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 195?, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1 S66, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARMNG: This AIA� Document is protecied by U_S. Copyright Law and International Treatias. Unaulhorized
reproduciion or distribution oi ihis A3A` Document, or any portEon of it, mtiy result in severe civil and eriminal penatties, and �vill be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possitsle under ttie iav✓. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
' •
O
�
�
�
�
�
�
��
�J
,
�
�
�
�
l
�
�
��
5
Subcontractors, Work by
1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 52.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2,
9.6.7
Subcontractual Relations
5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1,
14.2.1,14.3.2
Submittals
1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,
9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.103, 11.13
Subrogation, Waivers of
6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7
Substantial Completion
4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.13, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.103,
9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7
Substantial Completion, Definition of
9.8.1
Substitution of Subcontractors
5.2.3, 5.2.4
Substitution of Architect
4.1.3
Substitutions of Ma[erials
3.4.2, 3.5.1, 7.3.7
Sub-subcontractor, Definition of
S.1.2
Subsurface Conditions
4.3.4
Successors and Assigns
13.2
Superintendent
3.9,10.2.6
Supervision and Construction Procedures
1.22, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3,
62.4, 7.13, 7.3.6, 8.2, 83.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14
Surety
4.4.7, 5.4.12, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.103, 14.2.2
Surety, Consent of
9.10.2, 9.10.3
Surveys
2.2.3
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience
14.4
Snspension of the Work
5.4.2, 143
Suspension or Terrnination of the Contract
4.3.6, 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14
Taxes
3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.6.4
Termination by the Contractor
43.10, 14.1
Termination by the Owner for Cause
43.10, 5.4.1.1, 14Z
Ternunation of the.Architect
4.1.3
Ternunation of the Contractor
14.2.2
TER1�iINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
CONTRACT
14
Tests and Inspections
3.13, 3.33, 42.2, 42.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2,
9.10.1, 103.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5
TIME
8
Time, Delays and Extensions of
3.23, 43.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1,
7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.32
Time Limits
2.12,2.2,2.4,32.1,3.73,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1,
42, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2, 53, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4,
8.2, 9.2, 93.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9,
9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 122, 13.5,
13.7, 14
Time Limits on Claims
4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6
Ti[le to Work
9.3.2, 93.3
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF
WORK
12
Uncovering of Work
12.1
Unforeseen Conditions
4.3.4, 83.1, 10.3
Unit Prices
4.3.9, 7.33.2
Use of Documents
1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3
Use of Site
3.13, 6.2.1, 6.2.1
Values, Schedule of
9.2, 9.3.1
Waiver of Claims by the Architect
13.4.2
Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
4.3.10, 9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2
Waiver of Claims by the Owner
4.3.10, 9.93, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7,
122.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4
Waiver of Consequential Damages
4.3.10,14.2.4
Waiver of Liens
9.10.2, 9.10.4
Waivers of Subrogation
6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7
�'Varranty
3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4,12.2.2,
13.'�.1.3
Weather Delays
4.3.7.2
Work, Definition of
1.13
Written Consent _
AIA Document Ii201 TM-1997. Copyright e0 1911, 7915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and /997 by The Ainerican
� Institute o! ArchBects. Ail rigMs reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S: Copyrigfit Law a�d internationai Treaties. Unauthorized 8
reproduction or distribution ot this AfA`� �ocument, or any portian of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penatties, and wifi be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
�
�
�
�
• �
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
§ 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
§ 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement),
Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda
issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after
execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a
Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by
the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other
documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms,
the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements).
§ 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
� The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated
agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written
or oral. The Contract may be arnended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be
� construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the
Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons
or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and
enforcement of obiigations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties.
i
CJ
§ 1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or
partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by
the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
§ 1.1.4 THE PROJECT
' The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole
or a part and which may include construction by ihe Owner or by separate contractors.
§ 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
, The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and
dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams.
1 § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,
equipmen[, systems, standazds and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.
�
�
�
�
L�
§ 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manua} is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample
forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications.
§ 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
§ 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the Work by the Contractor: The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by
one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to ihe extent
consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the
indicated results.
§ 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawi:�gs shall not
control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be
performed by any trade.
§ 1.2.3 Unless oiherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction
industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
�
AIA Document A201TM — 1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. AII rights reserved. WARNING: This AtAa i7ocument is protected 'uy U.S. Copyright Law and Int�rnational Treaties. Unauthorized � O
reproduction ar distributian of ihis AIA`� Documen(, or any portian of it, may resuiz in severe civit and criminal penafties, and wiii be prosecufed to the
maximum exfent possibie under !he Iaw. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
�
�
�
• �
§ 1.3 CAPITALIZATION
§ 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are ( l) specifically defined, (2) the titles
of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects.
§ 1.4 INTERPRETATION
§ 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any"
and articles such as °the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears
in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.
' § 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
§ 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or
both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request.
�
'
'
�
r
�
�
,
�
�
§ 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,
become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal
observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.
§ 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
§ 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the
Architect and the Archi[ect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed b�� the
Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shaIl own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications
and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated the
Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law,
statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of InsUvments of Service, except the
Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of
the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's
consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are
not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other
projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the
Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material
or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reprod�ce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and
other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the
execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the
statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the
Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for
other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's
or Architect's consultants' copyrights or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2 OWNER
§ 2.1 GENERAL
§ 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have
express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means
the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative.
§ 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information
� necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such
information shall include a correct statement of the record legal ti[le to the property on which the Project is located,
usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein.
�
�
§ 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
§ 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter,
furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's
obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or
AIA Document A201 TM — 1997. Copyright �O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. Hlt rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'`` Document is protecied by U.S. Capyright L av,� and InternaYionai Treaties. Unauthorized 1 �
reproduction or distribution ot this AIA� Document, or asiy rsortion of it, may result in severe civil ar,d criminal penalties. and will be prosecuted to thg
maximum extent pc�ssibie under ihe law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on O7/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
•
CJ
continuation of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially ��ary such
financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor.
§ 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Section 3.7.1, which are the responsibility of the
Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements,
assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent
changes in existing facilities.
§ 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for
the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of
information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the
Work.
§ 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner
with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the
Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written
request for such information or services. �
§ 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such
copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work.
§ 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
§ 2.3.1 If the Contracior fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents as required by Section 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a
duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,
except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3.
§ 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
§ 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and
fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written no[ice from the Owner to commence and continue conection
of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the
Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within
such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies,
the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the
reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's
additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts
charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of lhe Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the
Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR
§ 3.1 GENERAL
§ 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or eniity identified as such in the Agreement and is refetred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's
authorized representative.
§ 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
§ 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests,
inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor.
§ 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
� § 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor
shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the
AIA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Aia" Document is praiected by U.S. Copyriyht �aw and tnternational Treaties. Unauthorized
reproduction or distribution ot this AIA" Document, or any nortion of it, may result in seve: e civit anci criminal penaities. and wii! be prosecuted to the 1�
maximum extent possibie uncier the Iavo. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
_ User Notes:
(3077206591)
lJ
�
�
�
'
�
�
'
• •
Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 22.3, shall take field measurements of
any existing conditions related ro[hat portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.
These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of
discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or
omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported prompdy to the Architect as a request for information in
such form as the Architec[ may require.
§ 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the
Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and
not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,
ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the
Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
§ 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions
issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.1
and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Sections 4.3.6 and 43.7. If the Contractor fails to
perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as
would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the
Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or
for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor
recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect.
� § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
§ 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences
and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents
, give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Con[ract Documents give specific instructions
concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shali evaluate the
jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsibie for the jobsite safety of such
� means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner
and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the
Architect. If the Contractor is then instn�cted to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or
1 procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any
resulting loss or damage.
,
�
�
�
r
�
§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,
Subcontractors and their agents and emptoyees, and other persons or entities per#ornvng portions of the Work for or
on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.
§ 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that
such portions are in proper condition to receive subseyuent Work.
§ 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
§ 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent
and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
§ 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect
and in accordance with a Change Order.
§ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and e:her
persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not
' skilled in tasks assigned to them.
AIA Document A2Q1T�" —1997. Copyright � 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. AII rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" pocument is protected by U.S. Capyright Law and International Treaties. U�authorized � 3
repraduction or disiribution ol this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civii and criminat penaities. and afil! be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possihle under the la�d. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OSl2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
'
�
1
�
,
�
'
,
�J
L�
�
• •
§ 3.5 WARRANTY
§ 3.5.1 The Contractor wanants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the
Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the
Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to
the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions
not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for
damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient
maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
§ 3.6 TAXES
§ 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor
which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely
scheduled to go into effect.
§ 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
§ 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building
pernvt and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and
completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Con[ract and which aze legally
required when bids are received or negotiations concluded.
§ 3.7.2 The Contractor shall compiy with and give notices required by laws, ordinar�ces, rules, regulations and lawful
orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
§ 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with
applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes
that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect
and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.
§ 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and
rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume appropriate
responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.
§ 3.8 ALLOWANCES
' § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items
covered by allowances shail be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct,
but the Comractor shalt not be required to employ persons or entities ta whom the Contractor has reasonable
objection.
�
�J
,
�
�
,
�
,
§ 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and
all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;
.2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and
other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but
not in the allowances;
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly
by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual
costs and the allowances under Section 3.82.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Section
3.822.
§ 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay
in the Work.
§ 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
§ 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance
at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and
communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
InstRute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARP�fNG: This AIA�` Document is protecied by U.S. Copyright Law and Intemational 7reaties. Unauthorized � 4
reproduction or distribution o( ihis AIA`� Dccumenl, or anp �ortion ot it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wiil be prasecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under the law. This document was produced by AIA soRware at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_t which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
' • •
�
�
i
'
�
'
�
�
,
�
�
�L
,
�
,
�I
�J
communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly con�rmed on written
request in each case.
§ 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
§ 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and
Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits
current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the
Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall
provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work.
§ 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which
is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review
submittals.
§ 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to
the Owner and Architect.
§ 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
§ 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifcations, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and
selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, ProdUCt Data, Samples and
similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for
submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
§ 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
§ 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the
Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of
the Work.
§ 3.12.2 Product Data aze illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and
other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.
§ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
§ 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purQose of
thear submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contraci
Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7.
Informational submi[tals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in
the Con[ract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the
Architect without action.
§ 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the
Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with
reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of
separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and
approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action.
§ 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor
represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurcments and field construction
criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such
submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.
§ 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work fof which the Contract Documents require submittal
and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or simitar submittals until the respective submittal has been
approved by the Architect.
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1978, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1937 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architect�. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA�` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and internationai Treaties. Unauihorized � 5
reproductio� or disiribution ot this A!A`" Document, or any portion ot it, may resul; in severe civil and crimina! penalties. and wil! be prasacuted to the
maximum ex[ent possibie under ihe lawr. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/O5/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23l2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
�
'
�
• •
§ 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of
responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect
in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific
devia[ion as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Conswction Change Directive has been issued
authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof.
' § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data,
Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the
absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.
�
'
�
�
,
�
'
i
�
�
§ 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of
architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of
the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's
responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be
required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or
certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the
Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria
that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a
properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations,
specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings
and other submittals related to the �York designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear
such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled
to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such
design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design
criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take
other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information
given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the
adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contrac[ Documents.
§ 3.13 USE OF SITE
§ 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas pernutted by law, ordinances, pernvts and the
Conuact Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.
§ 3.14 CUTTING QND PATCHING
§ 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make
its parts fit together properly.
§ 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed
construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by
excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor
except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's
consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
§ 3.15 CLEANING UP
� § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or
rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and
about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus
materials.
' § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost
thereof shall be chazged to the Contractor.
�
AIA Document A207 TM-1997. Copyright OO 191 t, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
, Institute of Architects. All righ;s reserved. WARNING: This 4EA`` Document is proiected by U.S. Copyriyht law and Iniernational Treatiss. Unauthorized 16
reproduction or distribufian oi ihis AIA'` Document, or a�y port9cn of iL may resieit in severe civii and criminal penafties. and wiil be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibfe under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
' �
.
'
'
�l
�
'
,
,
,
'
�
�
LJ'
'
LJI
�
�J
�
§ 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
§ 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress
wherever located.
§ 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
§ 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for
infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account
thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a
particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations
are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the
Coniractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a
patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the
Architect.
§ 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
§ 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered
by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Section 11.3,
the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and
employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to
attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or
expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destniction of tangible property
(other than ihe Work itsel�, but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a
Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,
regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.
Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18.
§ 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor,
a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
§ 4.1 ARCHITECT
§ 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing
architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular
in number. T'he term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative.
§ 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents
shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect.
Consent shall� not be unreasonably withheld.
§ 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the
Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former
Architect.
§ 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
§ 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be
an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) untii �nal payment is due and (3) with the Owner's
concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Section 12.2. The
Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract.
§ 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the
, Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress
and qualit�� of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
, Institute of Architects. Ail rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA`` Document is proiected by U.S. Coayriyht Law and lnternational Treaties. Unauihorized 17
reproductio� or distribution ot this A!A" Doeumen[, or any porfion of i!, may result in severe civil ar.d criminal penatties, and wiI! be prasecuted to the
maximum exienl possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/05l2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
,
�
,
'
�
II
L �'
�I
u
�
�
'
. •
deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to deternvne in general if the Work is being perf�rmed in a manner indicating that
the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Con[rac[ Documents. However, the Architect will
not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.
The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since
these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in
Section 3.3.1.
§ 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be
responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other
persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
§ 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall
endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the
Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications
by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with
separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
§ 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review
and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.
� § 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever
the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of
the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.53, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or
completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or
, not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor,
Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing
portions of the Work.
� § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such
as Shop Drawings, Product Da[a and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be take�l
' with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or
separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the ArchitecYs professional judgment to permit adequate
review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the puipose of detemvning the accuracy and completeness of
other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for subs[antiating instructions for installation or performance of
' equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract
Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations
under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless
' otherwise specifically stated'by the Architect; of any constcvction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shail not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item
is a component.
'
'
,
�l
�
§ 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor
changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4.
§ 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and �he date
of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties
and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate
for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
§ 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in
carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of
such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.
AIA Document A201 T"" — 1997. Copyright 0 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1957, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute oi Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AfA`� Document is protected by U.S. Copyriyht Law ar�d International Treatie�. Unauthorized � 8
reproduction or disiribufion ot this AIA'' Document, ar any portion of it, may resuit in severe civii and criminai penalties. and wiit be prosecuted to the
maximum exteni passible under the tarf. This doc�ment was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
��
'
'
'
'
,
'
'
,
�
'
'
'
�
'
�J
,
• �
§ 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of, the
Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests
will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no
agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in
compliance with this Section 42, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish
such interpretations until IS days after written request is made for them.
§ 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations
and initial decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Convactor, will
not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
§ 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent
expressed in the Contract Documents.
§ 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
§ 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or
interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor
arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to
substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.
§ 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occunence of the event
giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,
whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party.
§ 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing
or as provided in Section 9.7.1 and Ar[icle 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the
Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
§ 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1)
subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract
Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily
found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in constniction activities of the character provided for in the
Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions
aze disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly
investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost
of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the
Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the condiiions at the site are not materially
different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,
the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in
opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If
the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,
but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the
adjustment shall be refened to the Architect for initiai determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to
Section 4.4.
§ 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,
written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required
for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.6.
§ 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but noi limited to (1) a written
interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault,
(3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued b�� the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5)
ternunation of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be
filed in accordance with this Section 4.3.
AIA Document A201 TM— 1997. Copyright � 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This kiA� Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Lav✓ and International Treaties. Unauihorized 19
reproductfon or disiribution �( this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may resuit in severe civil and cx imina! penatties. and wili be prosecuted to the
maximum eztent possibie vnder the law. This document was produced by AIA software at C8:55:11 on 01/05l2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
'
,
'
,
'
�
• •
§ 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time
§ 4.3.7.1 If the Con[ractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided
herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on
progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary.
§ 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented
by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably
anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.
§ 4.3.8 Injury or Damage [o Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or
property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally
responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within
a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other
party to investigate the matter.
§ 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally
, contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that
application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or
Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
'
L__J
'
,
,
'
§ 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for
consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes:
.1 damages incuned by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing,
business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of
such persons; and
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of
personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit
except anticipated profit arising direcdy from the Work.
This mutuai waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination
in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of
liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
§ 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
§ 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding
those arising under Sections 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial
decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation, arbitration or litigation of all
Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed
after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by !he Architect. The
Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner.
' § 4.4.2 The Archi[ect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Ciaim take bne or more of tlie
following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from
the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5)
advise the parties thai the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to
' evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discre[ion, it would be
inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
, § 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims, the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from
either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a
�ecision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense.
' § 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,
such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the
requested supporting data, advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the
' Architect that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the
Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright �O 1911, t 915, 1918, 1�925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 7970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNtNG: This AfA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright La�a and international Treaties. Unauthoraed
reproduciion or distribution oi th"ss AtA Document, or any portion of it. may resuit in severe civii and criminal penaities, and will be prosecuted to the 20
maximum extent possibie under the lax�. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:71 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
'
i
'
� o
§ 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and
which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection
of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration.
§ 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to mediation and
� arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after
the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration
within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and
' Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may
be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties
concerned.
'
,
'
'
�
LJ
,
'
I JI
�
,
'
,
'
§ 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but
is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a
possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and
request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy.
§ 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in
accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by
the Architect, by mediation or by arbitration.
§ 4.5 MEDIATION
§ 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those
waived as provided for in Sections 43.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days
after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the
institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party.
§ 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree
otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration
Association cunently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract
and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand
for azbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of azbitration or legal or equitable proceedings,
which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of fiiing, unless stayed for a longer
period by agreement of the parties or court order.
§ 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place
where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall
be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having,iurisdiction thereof.
§ 4.6 ARBITRATION
§ 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those
waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 30 days after
submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to
resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5.
§ 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree
otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitra[ion Rules of the American Arbitration
Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the
Contract and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect.
§ 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.4.6 and �3.6.1 as
applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made
after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the
applicable statuie of limitations as determined pursuant to Section 13.7.
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1318, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
, Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlAg Document is protected by U.S. Copyriyht l av,r and Internationai Treaties. Unauthorized 21
reproduction or disiribufion o( this AIA'` Document, or any portion af it; may result in severe civil and criminai penalties, and wiil be prosecuted to the
maximum ex[ent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
,
�
�
�
,
,
'
� �
§ 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include,
by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Archi[ect's employees or consultants, except
by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor
and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any
other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other
persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is
to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as
described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose
interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not
constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described
therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity
duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court
having jurisdiction thereof.
§ 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the
demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.
§ 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment
may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
' ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
§ 5.1 DEFINITIONS
§ 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of ihe
, Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in
number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor"
does not include a separate conVactor or subcontractors of a sepazate conuactor.
�
'
�
'
�
L__J
'
�J
§ 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to
perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-
subcontractor.
§ 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
§ 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirernents, the Contractor, as soon as
practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of
persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)
proposed for each princi�al portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing
stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such
proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply prompdy shall constitute notice of no
reasonable objection.
§ 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made
reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the
Contractor has made reasonable objection.
§ 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but
rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall
be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order
shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract
Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless t;e Contractor has acted promptly and responsively
in subrtutting names as required.
§ 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subc�ntractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or
Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute.
,
AIA Document A201 TM— 1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1�51, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 a�d 1997 by The American
' Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNWG: This A!A'� Doa3msnt is protected by U.S. Copy�ight Law and Intematianai Treaties. Unauthorized 22
reproduction or disiribution oi ihis AIA'� Document, cr any partion of it, may resuit ir, severe civii and criminal penalties. and wi#i be prosecuted to the
maximum extent pcssible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale.
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�,
�
�
'
�
'
�I
1
�
,
'
'
'
,
IJ
,
• •
§ 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
§ 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the SubconVactor, to be bound to the Contractor by
terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,
including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents,
assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the
Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work ro be perforrned by the Subcontractor
so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically
provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the
Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,
copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the
Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may
be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of
such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.
§ 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
§ 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided
that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to
Section 14.2 and only for those subcontrac[ agreements which the Owner accep[s by notifying the
Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obiigated under bond relating to the
Contract.
§ 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's
compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.
ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
§ 6.10WNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
§ 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's
own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other conswction or
operations on the site under Condi[ions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those
portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is
involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Section 4.3.
§ 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations
on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Convact Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes
each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
§ 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with
other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The
Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual
agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate
contractors and ihe Owner until subsequently revised.
, § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations
related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations
and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor urder the Conditions of the Contract, including, without
excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12.
,
,
§ 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
§ 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonab}e opportunity for introduction and
storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the
Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.
AIA Document A201 T"" —1997. Copyright �O 1911, 1975, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1957, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute u( Architects. All rights reservcd. WARNING: This AIA`` Document is protecied by U.S. Copyriyht Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 23
reproduction or distribution ot this AIA"" Documeni, or any portiort of it, may resuit in severe civil and criminai penaities, and will be prosecuted to the
maximiam exterst possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on O1/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resaie.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
�
��
�
• •
§ 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by
the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly
report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable
for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that
the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the
Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable.
§ 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a
' separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The
Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incuned by the Contractor because of delays, improperly
timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor.
§ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially
completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5.
§ 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are
described for the Contractor in Section 3.14.
§ 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
� § 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under
their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,
the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.
�
�J
�
�
'
�
�
'
rl
�
�
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
§ 7.1 GENERAL
§ 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the
Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the
limitations stated in this Artide 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
§ 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction
Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the
Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.
§ 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the
Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive
or order for a minor change in the Work.
§ T.2 CHANGE ORDERS
§ 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrumeni prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and
Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following:
.1 change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and
.3 the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time.
§ 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.33.
§ 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
§ 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and
Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract
Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes
in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the
Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
§ 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change
Order.
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. Ali rights reserved. WAR�.iNG: This AtA`° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Lav> and internationai Treaties. Unauthorized 24
reproductio� ar distribution ot ihis AIA"` Document, or any portion ot it, may result in severe civii and criminal penalties, and witl be prosecutad to the
maximum extent possibfe under the law, This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on S/23/2007, a�d is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
�
�
�
• •
§ 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be
based on one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to
pernut evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;
.3 cost to be deternuned in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 as provided in Section 7.3.6.
� § 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in
the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any,
provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustmen[ in the Contract Sum or
Contract Time.
�
�
�
�
�
�J
L�
�
�
§ 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor
therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such
agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. �
§ 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum,
the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditvres and
savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract
Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Sec[ion 7.33.3, the Contractor
shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with
appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this
Section 73.6 shall be limited to the following:
.1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits
required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or
consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor
or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar [axes related to
the Work; and
.5 additiona} costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.
§ 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which resulls in a
net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be acwal net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and
credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall
be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change.
§ 7.3.8 Pending finai determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in
dispute for such changes in tfie Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change
Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in
dispute, the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those
costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the
right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4.
§ 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the detcrmination made by the Architect concerning the
� adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such
agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by prepazation and execution of an apgropriate
Change Order.
�
�
§ 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK �
§ 7.4.9 The :v-chitect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor
shall carry oat s�ch written orders promptly.
AIA Document A201T"" —1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 7937, 1951, 1958, 1967, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AtA$ Document is protectad by U.S. Copyright Law and !�2ernational Treaties. Unauthorized 25
reproduciion or distribution o( this AIA"' Document, or any portion ot it, may resuit itt severe civil and criminal penatties. and wilt be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under ihe taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23l2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
• �
�
ARTICLE 8 TIME
� § 8.1 DEFINITIONS
§ 8.1.1 Unless ot6erwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in
the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
§ 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
§ 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8.
§ 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically
defined.
§ 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
§ 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement
the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
§ 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely
commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be
furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the
effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a
notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or
other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and
other security interests.
§ 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion
within the Contract Time.
§ 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
§ 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of
the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by
changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other
causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or
by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by
Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may deternvne.
§ 8.3.2 Claims relating to [ime shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.3
§ 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of
the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION � �
§ 9.1 CONTRACT SUM,
§ 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
§ 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
§ 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values
allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its
accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for
reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
§ 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
§ 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date est�blished for each progress payment, the Contractor shall subnvt to the
Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with �he schedule of values.
Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 191 S, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
' Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'� Document is protected by U.S. Copyrigfit Law and Internationai Treaties. Unauihorized Z6
reproduciion or d+stribution o( this AIA"� Qocument, ar ar�y partion ot it; may result in severe civil and crimfnai penatties, and wiif be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possib3e under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23l2007, and is not for resale.
User.Notes:
(3077206591)
� • �
�
�
�
�
!J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
LJ
�
�
�'
payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontcactors and material
suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.
§ 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in
the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of
the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders.
§ 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor
does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others
whom the Contractor intends to pay.
§ 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and
equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance
by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location
agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon
compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such
materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable
insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site.
g 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner
no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for
Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the
Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims,
security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or
entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work.
§ 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
§ 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue
to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines
is properly due, or notify the Convactor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding
certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1.
§ 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,
based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the AQplication for Payment, that the Work
has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the
quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an
evaluation of the Work for conformance w�th the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of
subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion
and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further
constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance
of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1 } made exhaustive or continuous on-
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers
and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.
§ 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
§ 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary
to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot
be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the
Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised
amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to
make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certi�cate for Payment or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Ce: �ificate for Payment previously issued, to
such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor
is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 332, because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
AIA Document A201T"" —1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� InstRute of Architects. All righls reserved. WARNING: This A!A" Documeni is protected by U.S_ Copyriyht Law and Internationai 7reaties. Unauihorized 27
reproduction ar distribution o( this AIA" IIocument, or any ��ortion of if; may result in severe civit and crimina! penalties, and vJiil be prosecuted to the
maximum exte�t possible :�nder ihe !at^r. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/O5/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
• .
§ 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
§ 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when [he Work or designated portion thereof
is sufficiendy complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the
Work for its intended use.
§ 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept
separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of
items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the
responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
§ 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or
designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not
induded on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so
that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor
shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification
by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to
determine Substantial Completion.
§ 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish
responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and
insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the
Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion
of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
§ 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written
acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if
any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated poRion thereof. Such payment
shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or no[ in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
§ 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
§ 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when
such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented
to by the insurer as required under Section 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the
Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided
the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,
retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in
writing concerning the period for conection of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract
Documents. When the Contractor considers a Qortion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and
submit a�list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use
shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement
between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect.
§ 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect
the azea to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the
Work.
§ 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
§ 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMEhT
§ 9.10.1 Upon receipE of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of
a final Application for Payment, the Architect will prompdy make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the
Work acceptabte under the Contract Documents and the Contract fUlly performed, the Architect will prompdy issue
a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on
the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in
AIA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNWG: This AlAft Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and Iniernationat Treaties. Unauthorized
reproduction or distributian o( this AfA` Dpcument, or any partion of i;, may resutt in severe civil and crimina! penaEfies, and wil! be prosecuted to the 29
maximum extent possibie under the la�v. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
�
�
�
1
,
�
�
�
�
l�
!'
�
�
�
�
�
• �
the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further
representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment
have been fulfilled.
§ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits
to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected
with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts
withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the
Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currendy in effect and will not be canceled or allowed
to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the
Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by
the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data
establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security
interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the
Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a
bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after
payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in
discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
§ 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault
of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the
Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the
Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract
Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to
certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment,
except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
§ 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from:
.1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or
.3 terms of special wananties required by the Contract Documents.
§ 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a
waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsetiled at
the time of final Application for Payment.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
§ 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
§ 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.
§ 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
§ 10.2.1 'The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
site, under caze, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-
subcontractors; and
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrub�, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course
of construction.
§ 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful
orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss.
AIA Docume�t A201TM —1997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 19G3, 1966, 1970, 1976, i987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rigMs reserved. WARNING: This A!A`9 Document is protected by U.S. Copyriyhf law and international Treaties. Unauthorized 30
repraduction or distribution oi this AIA`" Documenl, or any partion ot it; may resuit in severe civii and criminal penalties, and will be prosec�ted 4o the
maximum extent possibte under the lat✓. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 08:55:11 on Ot/O5/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (3077206591)
�
�
�
�
• •
§ 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,
reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings agains[ hazards,
promuigating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.
§ 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are
necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and cany on such activities under
supervision of properly qualified personnel.
§ 10.2.5 The Contracior shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property
� insurance required by ihe Contract Documents) to property refened to in Sections ]0.2.1.2 and 10.2.13 caused in
whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under
Sections 102.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or
� anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,
and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in
additioa to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18.
�
�
§ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty
shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise
designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect.
§ 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its
safety.
� § 10.3 HAZAROOUS MATERIALS
§ 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons
resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB),
� encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop
Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing.
§ 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material
� or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify
that ii has been rendered hazmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in
writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who aze to perform tests
� verifying the presence or absence of snch material or substance or who aze to perform the task of removai or safe
containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in
writing stating whether or noi either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If
either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall
� propose another to whom ihe Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or
substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner
and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the
� amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and s[art-up, which adjustments shall be
accomplished as provided in Article 7.
�
�
�
§ 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold hazmless the Contractor,
Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and againsi
claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from
performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or
death as described in Section 103.1 and has not been rendered hazmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or
expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the Work itsel� and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negiigence of a
party seeking indemnity.
§ 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Section 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the
Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents.
�
AIA Document A207TM —1=997. Copyright OO 1911, 1915, 1918, 1�925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966. 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All r.�hts reserved. WARNING: Th�s AfA' Document is rotected b U.S. Co
p y pyright iav+ and international Treaties. Unauthorized 3�
reproduciion or disiribution o( this AfA'�' Documeni, or any portion of it, may resuit in severe civii and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under the law. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 08:55:71 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. . —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
� �
§ 10.5 I% without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of
a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the
Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.
§ 10.6 EMERGENCIES
§ 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's
discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by
the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Section 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
§ 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
§ 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do
business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims
set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which
the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liabte:
.1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which
are applicable to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the
Contractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
the Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of
ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
.7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising ou[ of completed operations; and
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under
Section 3.18.
§ 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the
Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an
occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work
until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment.
§ 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of
the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section I 1.1 shall contain a provision that
coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writtex
notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after
final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall
be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction
of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by
the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief.
§ 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
§ 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance.
� § 11.3 PROJEC7 MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
§ 11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective
Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and
Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the
� Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of
purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for
purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with
� such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under
Sections 11.1.1.2 thro�gh 11.1.1.5.
AIA Document A201TM —1997, Copyright � 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNINC�: This AiA'' Gocument is protected by U.S. Copyrighi Law and International Treaties. Unauthori2ed
reproduction or disiribution o[ ;his AIA` Documenl, or any portion of it, may result in seyere civii and criminal penalfies. and wili be proseeuted to the 32
maximum exEant possible under the taw. This dxument was produced by AIA soflware at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667_t which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale. ,
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
�
�
�
�
�
• •
§ 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner,
Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the
proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
§ 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as
additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Section ] l.l.
§ 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE
§ 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully
authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's
risk "all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract
modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the
site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are
beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or
entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.4 to be covered,
whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors in the Project.
� § 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation,
insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without
duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, eazthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework,
� testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any
applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services
and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.
� § 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of
the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to
commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the
� Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof
shall be chazged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or
maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all
reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.
�
LJ
�
�
§ 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shatl pay costs not covered because of such
deductibles.
§ 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work
in transit.
§ 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accord'ance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company
or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or
otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or
companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that
would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance.
§ 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance
� required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during
installation and until fnal acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor,
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
�
�
§ 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as
will insure the Owner agair.st loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The
Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including
consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused.
AIA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1978, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 7963, 7966, 1970, 1976, 7987 and 1997 by The American
' institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNiNG: This AIA`� Document is profected by U.S. Copyriyht law and Internationai Treaties. Unauthorized 33
reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion ot it, may result in severe civii and criminal penalties, and vui11 be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under the la�v. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/05/2007 under Order No.7000234667_1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale.
User Notes: (307720659t)
� •
§ 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment
of obliga[ions arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a
copy to be made.
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
§ 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
§ 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically
expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the
Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.
§ 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine
prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If
such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate
Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,
correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs.
§ 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
§ 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
§ 12.2.1.1 T'he Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or
not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of conecting such rejected Work, including additional testing and
inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary ihereby, shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
§ 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
§ 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of
Subs[antial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties
established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by [he Contract Documents,
any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously
given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after
discovery of the condition. During the one-yeaz period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the
Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require
correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct
nonconfornvng Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or
Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4.
§ 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work frst
performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual
performance of the Work.
§ 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the
Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2.
§ 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Con[ractor nor accepted by the Owner.
� § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall beaz the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or
partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work
which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
� § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to
other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establis:�ment of the one-year
period for correction of Work as described in Section 122.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor
� to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract
AIA Docume►�t A201TM — 1997. Copyright �O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1s925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. AII rights reserved. WARNING: This AiA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and Intemationai Treaties. Unauthorized
�eproduction or distribution of ?his AIA'' Dacument, or any portion of it. may result in severe civit and criminal penafties, and wili be prosecuted to the 35
maximum extent possible under tha lala. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
�
�
�
. !
Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish
the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contrac[or's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
§ 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
§ 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum
will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has
been made.
� ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
§ 13.1 GOVERNING LAW
§ 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located.
��
J
�
�
�7
§ 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
§ 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other
party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided
in Section 13.22, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the
other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain
legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
§ 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing
construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations
under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such
assignment.
§ 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
� § 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member
of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by
registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice.
§ 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
§ 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder
shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available
by law.
§ 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty
afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a
breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
§ 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
§ 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time.
Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an
independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public auihority, and shall
beaz all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give ihe Architect timely notice of
when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The
Owner shall beaz costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are
received or negotiations concluded.
§ 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owne; or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require
additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written
authorizat�on from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection
or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of
when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such
costs, except as provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense.
AIA Document A201TM —1997. Copyright � 1911, 1915, i 918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1g61, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AiA`" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and lnternational Treaties. Unauthorized
reproduction or distribution ot this AIA°Y DocumenL or any portion oi it, may result in severe civii anct criminal penalties, and wiil be prosecuted to the 36
maximum ex[eni passible under the lava. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on Ot/OS/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
• •
§ 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the
portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by ihe Contract Documents, all costs made necessary
by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses
shall be at the Contractor's expense.
§ 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract
Documents, be secured by the Contractor and prompdy delivered to the Architect.
§ 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the
Architect will do so prompdy and, where practicable, at the norma] place of testing.
§ 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid
unreasonable delay in the Work.
§ 13.6 INTEREST
§ 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at
such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal ra[e prevailing from time to
time at the place where the Project is located.
§ 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
§ 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
.1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occumng prior to the relevant date of
Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged
cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of
Substantial Compietion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act
occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final
Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged
cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of
issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occumng after the relevant date of
issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to
run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later
than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under
Section 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor
under Section 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or
obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last.
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
§ 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
§ 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days
through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any
other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for
any of the following reasons:
.1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to
be stopped;
.2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be
stopped;
.3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of
the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not
made payment on a Certificate for Payment wit},in the time stated in the Contract Documents; or
.4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable
evidence as required by Section 2.2.1.
§ 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,
� Sub-subcontractor or their agents or empioyees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work
under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright O 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1351, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
� �nstitute of Arohitects. All rights reserved. WARNMG: This AIA`� Document is pratecied by U.S. Copyright Law and Internationat Treaties. U�auihorized
rep�aductio� ar distribution o! this AiA`'` Document, or any norfion ef it, may result in severe civii and criminal penaities, and wiH be proseeuted ia the 3�
maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 08:55:11 on 01/05l2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not tor resaie. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
. •
by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of
days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less.
§ 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work
executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery,
including reasonable overhead, profit and damages.
§ 14.1A If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractar or a
Subcon[ractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract
with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional
days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided
in Section 14.1.3.
§ 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
§ 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor:
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper
materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective
agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;
.3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having
jurisdiction; or
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
§ 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause
exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the
Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor
and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:
.1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and
machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and
.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the
Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to tl�e Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by
the Owner in finishing the Work.
§ 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.
§ 14.2.4If the unpaid balance of.the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for
the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by t6e Owner and not
expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,
the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case
may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive
termination of the Contract.
§ 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
§ 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in
whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
§ 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjucted for increases in the cost and time caused by
suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 143.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include
profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:
.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause
for which the Contractor is responsible; or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.
AIA Document A201 TM-1997. Copyright � 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 7958, 1961, 7963, 1966, 1970, t 976, 1987 and 1997 by The American
1 Instituta ot Architects. All rights reserled. WAf?NING: This AIA4 Docume�f is rotected b U.S. Co
p y' pyriyht Law and IntemaYional Treaties. Unauthorized 38
reproduction or disiribution o( this AIA'`� ilocument, ar any portion of it, may result in severe civif and criminal pena!(ies. and wi!! be prosecuted to the
maximum extent possibie under the taw. This document was produced by AIA soRware at 08:55:11 on Ot/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5/23/2007, and is not for resale. —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
�
•
�
, § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
§ 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause.
� § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the
Contractor shall:
.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
� .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work;
and
.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination siated in the
' notice, ternunate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts
and purchase orders.
§ 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment
� for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on
the Work not executed.
�
�
�
�
�
�
��
�
�
�
�
r
�
AIA Document A201 TM — 1997. Copyright OO 191 t, 1 g15, 19t 8, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 7997 by The American
� Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WA�iJiNG: This AIA' Document i� protectsd by U.S. Copyright t.aw and international 7reaties. Unauthorized
reproduction or distribution o( this AIA"� Document, or any portian ot it; may resuif in severe civii and criminai penaities, and wi11 be prosecuted to the 39
maximum extent p�ssibie under the law. This document was produced by AIA soRware at 08:55:11 on Ot/05/2007 under Order No.1000234667 1 which
expires on 5123I2007, a�d is not for resale. . —
User Notes:
(3077206591)
The Field Residenc• •
OS 1677.00
Renovation / Remodel December 29, 2006
THE FIELD RESIDENCE
Renovation / Remodel
Project No. 051677.00
December 29, 2006
BUILDING CODE SUMMARY
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
ADDRESS
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
ZOI�TING:
OCCUPANCY
CONSTRUCTION TYPE
BUILDING CODE
630 (APPROX) ADDITION
586 FOREST ROAD, VAIL, CO
LOT: 3, BLOCK: 1, SUBDNISION: VAII, VILLAGE 6
PRIMARY/SECONDARY
RESIDENTIAL, R3
TYPE SB
2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE
TABLE OF CONTENTS � VOLUME 1- 1
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
�
1.1
�
�
�
�
�
�
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Project Identification: Project consists of a residential remodel of an existing home at Lot: 3,
Block: 1, Subdivision: Vail Village 6.
t
C.
0
l. Project Location: 586 Forest Road; Vail, Colorado
2. Owner: Larry Field
Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated August 17, 2005, were prepared for
Project by Zehren and Associates, Inc.
The Work consists of a two-story, 630 SF (approx.) addition to an existing residence.
1. The Work includes removal of roof over a portion of existing structure, and existing
exterior walls at area of new addition. New construction to be slab-on-grade, with wood
framing and radiant baseboard heating to match existing.
2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents for the new construction and materials to match
the existing construction and materials wherever similar. Items not specified nor detailed
shall match the existing construction exa�tly.
Project will be conshucted under a general construction contract.
� 1.2 WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Work shall be conducted in phases to be determined by the Owner.
� 1.3 USE OF PREM
ISES
�
�
�
�
,
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of
Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's
right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of
Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
C. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its
occupants during construction period.
1. None of the existing restrooms are to be used by those performing any of the construction
work.
' SUMMARY � 01100 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado �
1.4 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner of adjacent unit will occupy the premises during parts of the �
construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts
and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with local restrictions pertaining to �
work hours.
1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words
shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where
applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted. '
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,
are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
SUMMARY Ol l00 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE •
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1
A.
B.
C.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
A.
B.
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the following:
1. Lump sum allowances.
2. Unit cost allowances.
3. Contingency allowances.
4. Testing and inspecting allowance.
5. Quantity allowances.
See Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices with quantity
allowances.
See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances
for testing and inspecting.
SELECTION AND PURCHASE
At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final
selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed
to avoid delaying the Work.
At Architect's request,.obtain proposals for each aliowance for use in making final selections.
Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
SUBMITTALS
Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
specified for Change Orders.
Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for
use in fulfillment of each allowance.
CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by
Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner
under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar
costs.
C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.
D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner
by Change Order.
1.5 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES
A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actua] tests and
inspections, and reporting results.
i
C�
�
The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for
retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure.
Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
1.6 LJNLJSED MATERIALS
A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to
Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. �
1. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not
economically practicaI to return the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver
unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is
Contractor's responsibility.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (N.ot Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMiNATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return
damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3 2 PR�PARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is compietely integrated and interfaced with
related wark.
ALLOWANCES " 01210 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance No. O1: Include New Slate Roof as specified in Division 07 Section 07215 "SLATE
ROOF TILES".
B. Allowance No. 02: Include New Synthetic Slate Roof as specified in Division 07 Section
07215.5 "SYNTHETIC SLATE ROOF TILES".
C. Allowance No. 03: Include New Driveway as specified in Division 02 Section 02780 "UNIT
PAVERS".
D. Allowance No. 04: Include New Exterior Custom Front Door.
E. Allowance No. O5: Include New Exterior Custom Garage Door. Allowance for door similar to
Primary Unit garage door.
F. Allowance No. 06: Include Bathroom Plumbing Fixtures as specified in Division 15 Section
15410 "PLtTMBING FIXTURES" and as shown on Drawings.
G. Allowance No. 07: Include Bathroom Tile as specified in Division 09 Section 09310
"CERAMIC TILE" and as shown on drawings.
H. Allowance No. 08: Include Bathroom Accessories as specified in Division 09 Section 15410
"PLUMBING FIXTURES" and as shown on Drawings.
I. Allowance No. 09: Include New Carpet as specified in Division 09 Section 09680 "CARPET"
and as shown on Drawings. .
J. Allowance No. 10: Include Wood Flooring as specified in Division 09 Section 09640 "WOOD
FLOORING" and as shown on Drawings.
END OF SECTION 01210
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE •
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01210 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
.
.
C.
.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the following:
1. Lump sum allowances.
2. Unit cost allowances.
3. Contingency allowances.
4. Testing and inspecting allowance.
5. Quantity allowances.
See Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices with quantity
allowances.
See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances
for testing and inspecting.
1.2 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final
selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed
to avoid delaying the Work.
B. Af Architect's request, obtain proposals for eack� allowance for use in making final selections.
Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
specified for Change Orders.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for
use in fulfillment of each allowance.
1.4 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
A. Use the contingency allowance only as.directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by
Change Orders that indicate amounts to be. charged to the aliowance.
B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner
under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar
costs.
C.
0
Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner
by Change Order.
1.5 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and
inspections, and reporting results.
The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for
retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure.
Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
1.6 UNLJSED MATERIALS
A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to
Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.
1. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by O��vner when it is not
economically practical to return the matenal far credit. If directed by Architect, deliver
unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is
Contractor's responsibility.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on deiivery for damage or defects. Return
damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with
related work.
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 2 �
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � •
Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance No. O1: Include New Slate Roof as specified in Division 07 Section 07215 "SLATE
ROOF TILES".
B. Allowance No. 02: Include New Synthetic Slate Roof as specified in Division 07 Section
07215.5 "SYNTHETIC SLATE ROOF TILES".
C. Allowance No. 03: Include New Driveway as specified in Division 02 Section 02780 °iINIT
PAVERS".
D. Allowance No. 04: Include New Exterior Custom Front Door.
E. Allowance No. O5: Include New Exterior Custom Garage Door. Allowance for door similar to
Primary Unit garage door.
F. Allowance No. 06: Include Bathroom Plumbing Fixtures as specified in Division 15 Section
15410 "PLLTMBING FIXTURES" and as shown on Drawings.
G. Allowance No. 07: Include Tile as specified in Division 09 Section 09310 "CERAMIC TILE"
and as shown on drawings.
H. Allowance No. 08: Include Bathroom Accessories as specified in Division 09 Section 15410
"PLUMBING FIXTURES" and as shown on Drawings.
I. Allowance No. 09: Include New Carpet as specified in Division 09 Section 09680 "CARPET"
and as shown on Drawings.
J. Allowance No. 10: Include Wood Flooring as specified in Division 09 Section 09640 "WOOD
FLOORING" and as shown on Drawings.
END OF SECTION 01210
ALLOWANCES
01210 - 3
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES
PART1-GENERAL
u
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a conesponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
13
A.
:
�
PROCEDURES
Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project.
l. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.
Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
wriring, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates. .
Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01230
ALTERNATES
01230 - 1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2
A.
1:3
C.
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
See Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing
allowances:
See Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not
I involving adjustment to the Conh-act Sum ar the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710,
"Architect's Supplemental Instructions."
� 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
� changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1
�
�
�
i
�
�
1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within 20 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a
b
c,
Include a list of quantities of products reyuired or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data
to substantiate quantities.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before reauesting
an extension of the C'ontract Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change.
l. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the
proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
1 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
2.
3.
4.
5.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed
change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709.
1.4
1.5
1.6
ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the
difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of
work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances,
mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate di�tribution of
overhead costs and other margins claimed. �
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders
related to unit-cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent
quantity survey, measur�, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance
described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount ar Contractor's
handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of
the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will
reject claims submitted later than 21 days after such authorization.
1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost
amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what
could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for. signatures
of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTNE
a
�
�
�
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES � 01250 - 2 �
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
t
�
�
�
i
1
1
1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA
Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change
in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It
also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01250 - 3
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01270 - iJNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
r Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. See Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
allowances.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of
measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents
are increased or decreased.
1.3
A.
B.
C.
D.
PROCEDURES
Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. "
Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of ineasurement and payment for unit prices are specified
in those Sections.
Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use
of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an
independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit
price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
iJNIT PRICES
01270 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
:.
C
I ��
E.
F
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
LIST OF UNIT PRICES
Unit Price No. O1 — Slate Shingles:
l. Description: Slate Shingles according to Division 07 Section 07215 "SLATE
SHINGLES."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per Square.
Unit Price No. 02 — Synthetic Slate Shingles:
1. Description: Synthetic Slate Shingles according to Division 07 Section 07215.5
"SYNTHETIC SLATE SHINGLES."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per Square.
Unit Price No. 03 — Driveway Pavers/stone:
1. Description: Driveway Pavers/stone according to Division 02 Section 02780 "iJNIT
PAVERS."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per Square Foot.
Unit Pnce No. 04 — Bathroom Tile:
1. Description: New Bathroom Tile according to Division 09 Section 09310 "CERAMIC
TILE."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost Per Square Foot.
Unit Price No. OS — New Carpet:
1. Description: New carpet in locations specified on drawings according to Division 09
Section 09680 "CARPET."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost Per Square Foot.
Unit Price No. 06 — Wood flooring:
1. Description: New wood flooring in locations specified on drawings according to
Division 09 Section 09640 "WOOD FLOORING."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost Per Square Foot.
END OF SECTION 01270
iTNIT PRICES 01270 - 2
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
j
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1
12
SUMMARY
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES.
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
l. Coirelate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for Payment forms with
Continuation Sheets.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
� a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's project numbers: (051677).
� d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
�
��
�
�
�
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
� PAYMENT PROCF,DURES . 01290 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
RENOVATION / REMODEL
1.3
4
5
Q
7.
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,
where appropriate.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by
measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine
quantities.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result
in a change in the Contract Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
L�
�
�
�
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as �
certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. . Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 15th day of each
month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the
end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment.
D. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation
Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documen!s on behalf of Centractor. Architect will return incomplete
applications without action.
Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
�
�
�
�
�
�
PAYMENT PROCEDiJRES 01290 - 2 �
�
C�
'
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
F. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien
and similar attachments if required.
Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of inechanic's
1 lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's ]ien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
�
'
�
�
H.
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
��
�
Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage,
on each item.
When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of
mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application.
Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from
every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application
who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
2.
4.
5.
6:
9.
10.
List of subcontractors.
Schedule of Values.
Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
List of Contractor's staff assignments.
Copies of building permits.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities
performance of the Work.
Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. �
Performance and payment bonds.
Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
having jurisdiction for
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partia] Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
� PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
RENOVATION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
Evidence that claims have been settled.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4 �
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
�
�
�
.�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 013 ] 0- PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2
A
:
C�
This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General Project coordination procedures.
2. Coordination Drawings.
3. Project meetings.
See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the division of
Work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.
See Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control
points.
COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
2.
3.
Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings. .
Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other canstruction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
1.4
A
1. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. See Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for specific Coordination Drawing
requirements for mechanical installations.
4. See Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting" for specific Coordination Drawing
requirements for electrical installations.
PROJECT MEETINGS
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
2.
3.
Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Dish-ibute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days of
the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no iater than 15 days after
. execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location.
Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
2.
Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and
other concemed parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction. schedule.
b. Phasing.
c. Critical work sequencing.
d. Designation of responsible personnel.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ' 01310 - 2 �
�
'J
�
��
�
�
�
,
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
' C.
'
�
�
L�
�
�
�
�
I
'
'
f.
g•
h.
J�
1.
m.
n.
o.
P•
9•
�
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of the Contract Documents.
Submittal procedures.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
First aid.
Security.
Progress cleaning.
Working hours.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect
of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
J•
l.
m.
n.
o.
P•
9•
s.
t.
u.
Contract Documents.
Options.
Related Change Orders.
Purchases.
Deliveries.
Submittals.
Review of mockups.
Possible conflicts.
Compatibility problems.
Time schedules.
Weather limitations.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Warranty requirements.
Compatibility of materials.
Acceptability of substrates.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Space and access limitations.
Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
Testing and inspecting requirements.
Required performance results.
Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.
4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
' PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2.
3
Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authonzed
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a.
�
Contractar's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead orf schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
Interface requirements.
Sequence of operations.
Status of submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Access. `
Site utilization.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Work hours.
Haz:.rds and risks.
Progress cleaning.
Quality and work standards.
Change Orders.
Documentation of information for payment reyuests.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since
the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01310
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
O
�
�
�
�
��
01310 - 4 '
�
,
'
�
�
�
'
�
�
,
�
,
�
�
,
'
�
,
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
•
SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submittals Schedule.
3. Daily construction reports.
4. Field condition reports.
B. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
C. See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
D. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as Project
Record Documents at Project closeout.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that
establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
B. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
l. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
C. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for
greater detail.
D. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction
element.
13 SUBMTI'TALS
A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
tabular format:
1. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and ritle.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
' COI�STRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Descnption of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two printed copies, one a single sheet of reproducible
media and one a print, large enough to show entire network for entire construction period.
C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two printed copies of initial schedule, one a
reproducible print and one a blue- or black-line print, large enough to show entire schedule for
entire construction period.
D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three printed copies of each of the
following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity
number, activity description, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish
date, late start date, late finish date, and total float.
E.
F.
l .4
A.
1.5
A.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,
or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if lrnown.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
Daily Construction Reports: when requested by architect or owner.
Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Photographer Qualifications: An individual of established reputation �vho has been regularly
engaged as a professional photographer for not less than three years.
COORDINATION
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. .
B. Coardinate 'Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
C�
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide awciliary services requested,
including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities including temporary lighting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�l
�
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2 ,
�I
�. �
�
'
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
' 22
�
'
�
�
�
�
,
�
i
,
,
,
A
l:�
C.
1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final
Completion.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an
early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal
element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and
major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.
Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,
purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule: Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule,
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not ]ess than 7 days for startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
2
3
4.
Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
Work under More Tfian One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
Wark by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
Work Restrictions: Show the effect on the schedule of the following:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitatier.s of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Use of premises restrictions.
' CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�►�c3
2.4
0
e. Provisions for future construction.
f. Seasonal variations.
g. Environmental control.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work.
6. Other Constraints: None.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.
E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback
was received since the start of Project.
:
A
Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.
For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an
estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within Cime bar.
REPORTS
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording events at Project site,
including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
List of subcontractors.
High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
Accidents.
Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
Meter readings and similar recordings.
Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
Services connected and disconnected.
Equipment or system tests and startups.
B. Field Condition Reparts: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions
and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed repurt. Submit with a request for information
on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, tegether with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�
'CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4 �
'
'
,
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
ADDITION / REMODEL
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Project No. OS I677
Vail, Colorado
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect
actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
scheduled progress meeting.
'
B
�
'
,
�
�J
'
'
�
'
'
,
'
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,
testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-Irnow
schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01320
, CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5
,
�
'
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
�
�
'
'
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SUMMARY
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes administrative and procedurat requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
B. See Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
C. See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and
Delegated-Design Submittals.
D. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties, Project Record
Documents, and operation and maintenance manuals.
DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination. .
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
C. Processing Time: Allow enough time fcr submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.
' SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
1
2
4
�
i
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
Initial Review: Allow l 5 days far initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal.
No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Unique identifier, including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Other necessary identification.
�
�-
[;
�
�!
�
E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents �
on submittals.
F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents; initial submittal
may serve as fina] submittal.
Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken
and ��.ill be returned. �
G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals,
without review received from sources other than Contractor.
��
1. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents. �
2. Trar.smittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
H. Distrihution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of �
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
�
SUBMIT"I'AL PROCEDURES � 01330 - 2 ,
,
'
'
,
'
'
'
'
,
�
,
�
'
'
'
,
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
I. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect
in connection with construction.
PARTZ-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project
Record Document.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
g•
h.
i.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Manufacturer's product specifications.
Manufacturer's installation insh-uctions.
Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
Printed performance curves.
Operational range diagrams.
Comp�iance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, dra�vn accurately to seale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
£ Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
i. Notation of coordination requirements.
j. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
' SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.
3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
�
E.
F
G
H.
Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management
and Coordination."
Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:
1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups.
2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Submit two full sets of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar
characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line.
Architect will return submittal with options selected.
3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,
and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, partial
sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials;
complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and
pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Submitthree sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will
be returned.
4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review
of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.
Attach label on unexposed side.
5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for
the Work and their intended location.
Delegated-Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality
Requirements."
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation."
I. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4
'
,
'
,
'
,
'
'
,
,
FIELD RESIDENCE • � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."
K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Use CSI Form I.SA.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality
Requirements."
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
' product complies with requirements.
E. Welding Certifcates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
, comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel
certified.
, F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.
�
'
'
,
�I
G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience
where required.
H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements.
I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements.
J. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports w:itten by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
' SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES • 01330 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and inteipreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements.
L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
manufacturer and wifiessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed
by a qualified testing agency.
M. Research/Evaluation. Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect
for Project.
N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Closeout Procedures."
O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telepllone number of
manufacturer.
�
�
�'° ,I
._�
�
�
�
Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized �
service representative's tests and inspections.
R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
S. Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
PE1RT 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with appruval stamp before submitting to Architect.
��
�
�
�
�I
'
'
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6 '
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2
A.
B.
C.
D
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and
will return them without action.
Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp
and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken:
Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will
reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7
'
�
'
r
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
� A.
�
�
�
SUMMARY
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
' C.
1.2
�
r
1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect,
Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
DEFINITIONS
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
construction complies with requirements.
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
� execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.
Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
� C. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
' 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
� design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
�
' 1.4
r
1. If criteria indicate�? are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit
a written request for additional information to Architect.
SUBMTTTALS
' QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
1.5
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for
each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a
design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with
performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1.
2.
4.
6:
8.
9.
10
11
12
13
Date of issue.
Project title and number.
Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
Identification of product and Specification Section.
Complete test or inspection data.
Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments; correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this
Project.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling
work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A frm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
'
�
�
�
�
J
�
�
��
�.I
�
�
�
�
�
C�
�
�
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2 �.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed
for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.
F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
1.6
Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations
governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and
similar conventions.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types
of tests and inspections to be performed.
1. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
A.
I:
QUALITY CONTROL
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility,
Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are
engaged to perform.
Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work
that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the
Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
Contractor Resporisibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services
specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing
agency to perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in
writing by Owner. .
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when they so direct.
� QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
C. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and
inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
l. Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested
and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing.
E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established
by the Contract Documents.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
�
Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work
complies with or deviates from requirements.
Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performin.g required tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify
agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
3
4.
7
Access to the Work.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
u
�
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4 �
� �
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
e
FIELD RESIDENCE • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections
of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas
in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
2. Comply with'the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01400
� QUALITY REQUIREMENTS • 01400 - 5
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
� A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
� and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
� C. "Directed": A command ar instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
�
�
��
L
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
� installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporariIy storing, unpacking,
� assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
�
�
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,
or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must
� be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.
�
�
�
J. "Experienced": Wl-ien used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed
a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar
with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of. authorities
having jurisdiction.
1 REFERENCES 01420 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
1 •2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more sfingent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. •-Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list:
ADAAG
CFR
CRD
DOD
FED-STD
FS
FTMS
REFERENCES
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Code of Federal Regulations
Handbook for Concrete and Cement
Department of Defense Specifications and Standards
Federal Standard (See FS)
Federal Specification
Federal Test Method Standard (See FS)
�
�� �
�
O
�
�
�
�
C__I
�
�
�
�
�
�
01420 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list:
AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
AAN American Association of Nurserymen (See ANLA)
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (T'he)
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association
ACI American Concrete Institute/ACI International
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
ADC Air Diffusion Council
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AFPA American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA)
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The)
AHA American Hardboard Association
REFERENCES 01420 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
AI Asphah Institute
A� American Institute of Architects (The)
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
ALA American Laminators Association (See LMA)
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
ANLA American Nursery & Landscape Association
(Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen)
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts
�A APA - The Engineered Wood Association
APA Architectural Precast Association
�I American Petroleum Institute
�I Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
ASCA Architectural Spray Coaters Association
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWCI AWCIInternational
(Association of the Wa11 and Ceiling Industries International)
REFERENCES •
01420 - 4
• �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCMA)
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
BIA Brick Industry Association (The)
BIFMA BIFMA International
(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International)
CCC Carpet Cushion Council
CCFSS Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures
CDA Copper Development Association Inc.
CEA Canadian Elech-icity Association
CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CGSB Canadian General Standards Board
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
C1SCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
CPA Composite Panel Association
(Formerly: National Particleboard Association)
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The)
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steei Institute
CSA CSA Intemational
(For.merly: IAS - International Approval Services)
REFERENCES 01420 - 5
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The)
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
CTI Cooling Technology Institute
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
EIA/TIA Electronic Industries Alliance/Telecommunications Industry Association
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
FCI Fluid Controls Institute
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association (See GANA)
FM Factory Mutual System (See FMG)
FMG FM Global
(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
GA Gypsum Association
GANA Glass Association of North America
(Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association)
GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute
GTA Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of North America (See GANA)
HI Hydraulic Institute
HI Hydronics Institute
HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (See NAAMM)
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
IAS International Approval Services (See CSA International)
ICEA :nsulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute (T'he)
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
REFERENCES
01420 - 6
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
IRI Indush-ial Risk Insurers
ITS Intertek Testing Services
IWS Insect Screening Weavers Association (Now defunct)
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
LGSI Light Gage Structural Institute
LMA Laminating Materials Association
(Formerly: ALA - American Laminators Association)
LPI Lighfiing Protection Institute
LSGA Laminated Safety Glass Association (See GANA)
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association
MCA Metal Construction Association
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
MGPHO Medical Gas Professional Healthcare Organization, Inc.
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America
MIA Marble Institute of America
ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (See SSMA)
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
I�TAAMM North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers (See GANA)
NACE NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The)
REFERENCES - 01420 - 7
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
NAMI
NAPM
NBGQA
NCMA
NCPI
NCTA
NEBB
NECA
NeLMA
NEMA
NETA
NFPA
NFRC
NGA
NHLA
NLGA
NOFMA
NPA
NRCA
NRMCA
NSA
NSF
NTMA
NWWDA
PCI
�
�
National Accreditation and Management Institute, Inc.
National Association of Photographic Manufacturers (See PIMA)
National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.
National Concrete Masonry Association
National Clay Pipe Institute
National Cable Television Association
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
National Elech-ical Contractors Association
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
InterNational Electrical Testing Association
National Fire Protection Association
National Fenestration Rating Council
National Glass Association
National Hardwood Lumber Association
National Lumber Grades Authority
National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association
National Particleboard Association (See CPA)
National Roofing Contractors Association
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
National Stone Association
NSF International
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.
National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA)
Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
REFERENCES
01420 - 8
FIELD RESIDENCE•
ADDITION / REMODEL
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute
PIMA Photographic & Imaging Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NAPM - National Association of Photographic Manufacturers)
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association
SAE SAE International
SDI Steel Deck Institute
SDI Steel Door Institute
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(Formerly: SPUSPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.;
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)
SPUSPFD The Society of the Plastics Industry
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division (See SPFA)
SPRI SPRI (Single Ply Roofing Institute)
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America
REFERENCES • 01420 - 9
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: ML/SFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association)
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
STI Steel Tank Institute
SWI Steel Window Institute
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Indusfies Alliance
TPI Truss Plate Institute
TPI Turfgrass Producers International
UFAC Upholstered Furniture Action Council
UL Under�vriters Laboratories Inc.
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.
USP U.S. Pharmacopeia �
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: AWCMA - American Window Covering Manufacturers Association)
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)
WIC Woodwork Institute of California
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
W�A Western Wood Products Association
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list:
BOCA BOCA International, Inc.
REFERENCES
01420 - 10
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (The)
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
ICC International Code Council
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list:
CE Army Corps of Engineers
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
DOC Department of Commerce
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Federal Communications Commission
FDA Food and Drug Administration
GSA General Services Administration
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development
LBL Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (See LBNL)
LBNL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory .
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration
RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA)
TRB Transportation Research Board
USDA Department of Agriculture
USPS Postal Service
REFERENCES 01420 - 11
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications ar
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list:
CAPUC (See CPUC)
CBHF State of California De arhn t f C
, p en o onsumer Affa�rs
Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation
CPUC California Public Utilities Commission
TFS Texas Forest Service
Forest Products Laboratory
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
REFERENCES "
01420 - 12
w
i
�
�
�
,�
�
�
�
r
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE•
ADDITION / REMODEL
s
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for division of responsibilities for
temporary facilities and controls.
C. See Division 1 Sectior� "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect
and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and
facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, occupants of
Project, Architect, testing and inspecting agencies and personnel of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without
payment of use charges.
C. Elech-ic Power Service: Use electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and
without payment of use charges. .
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar
procedures performed on temporary utilities.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and
NFPA 241.
�
� TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 1
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use
of temporary service to use of permanent service.
1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service
during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of
previously assigned responsibilities.
B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities
by all parties engaged in the Wark:
1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
2.2
A
:
�
General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable
condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.
Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" and
"Miscellaneous Carpentry."
Gypsum Board: ASTM C 36, minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 i�ches wide by maximum
available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges.
D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool;
with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.
E. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of I S or less.
EQUIl'MENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as
indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2 �
'
�
��
�
�
�
�
�
�
,� o
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or
combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.
C. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.
D. Elecfical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to
120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset
button, and pilot light.
E. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for
surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be
nonmetallic sheathed cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
� 3.1
' A.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed io avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
� required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use
of completed permanent facilities.
r 3.2
�
�
�
�
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
recommendations.
:
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is
available, provide trucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements
cannot be used for that purpose.
Sewers and Drains: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent
that can be discharged lawfully.
� TEMPOR�IRY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS O 1 S00 - 3
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and similar contaminants
that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge.
2. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After
heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly.
C. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities, exterior hose bib, will be
permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.
Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a
drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
from pans.
Use of interior fixtures is prohibited.
D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary
Comply with regulations and health
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
2.
3
O
O
�
toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. �
codes for type, number, location, operation, and
Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste
containers for disposal of used material.
Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide
separate facilities for male and female personnel.
Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient
locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage
properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled.
E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of
building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas
where finished Work has been installed.
F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution
system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period.
Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault
intemapters, and main distribution switchgear.
�
�
i
I!
l�
�
�
�
1. Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used. �
2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to
damage. �
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4 �
o •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
H. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as
long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
I.
3.3
J
Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and
equipment.
1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if
single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not
exceed safe length-voltage ratio.
Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations and traffic conditions.
Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion.
3. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other
signs as required by authorities having jurisdiction
B. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section
"Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
� C
� 3.4
�
!�
l. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,
for each type of waste material to be deposited.
2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of
waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide
detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials.
Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used
to dispose of all waste materials.
Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will not be permitted.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Pro�ride protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
� TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS • 01500 - 5
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
� near Project site.
B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater
from heavy rains.
C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage,
flooding, and erosion.
D. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install enclosure fence with
lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion
determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will
prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Set wood fence posts in compacted mixture of gravel and earth.
2. Set portable chain-link fence posts in concrete bases.
3. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery and other
construction operations.
4. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.
E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building ezterior.
2.
4
Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide
insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material
drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials.
Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with
load-bearing, wood-framed construction. �
Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials.
G. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch gypsum
wallboard wiih joints taped on occupied si3e, and 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on
construction side.
Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch ctuds, 2
layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor
with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidc walls.
Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch fire-retardant plywood.
�
�
���
�
�
�
�
�I
�f
�
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6 �
,
E�
'
�
�
�
��
�
1
l�
� i
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
a. Construct a vestibule and airlock at each entrance to temporary enclosure with not
less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in
vestibule.
' 3.5
�
i
�
�
,
��i
�
3. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.
4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.
5. Protect air-handling equipment.
6. Weatherstrip openings.
H. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
A.
:
2
3
4.
Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible
from space being served, with sign mounted above.
a. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable
stairwell.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking
in hazardous fire-exposure areas.
Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition.
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
l. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as
available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to
permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Complet;on. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDI'I'ION i RE1�10DEL Vail, Colorado
1. Matenals and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section
"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01500
T�MPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 8 �
�
�
�
'
�
�
u
�
.�
u
LJ
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE•
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIIZEMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SLTMMARY
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Cotorado
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selecting products for use
in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on
products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
B. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
C. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, inclucling make or
model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless
explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
� B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
�
�
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaivating comparable products of other named manufacturers.
D. iVlanufacturer's VJarranty: Preprinted written wananty published by individual manufacturer for
� a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Uwner.
E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
� either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
Owner.
� PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names
of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each
product.
Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule.
Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3
copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and
for variations from Contract requirements.
Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of
receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable
product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response,
or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply
with the Contract Documents.
B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product
or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and
title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including. a list of changes or modifcations needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construcrion Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Ccntract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
�
C_J
�
�
�
�
�
:J
�
�
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2 �
�
�
�
• �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
I. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
'
�
�
� C.
� 1.4
A.
�
� 1.5
� A.
�
�
�
�
�
'
1.6
�
Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within
15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
PRODUCT DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle products using means . and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6:
8.
9.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, the�t, and other
losses.
Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. .
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-p:otection requirements for storage.
Protect stored products from damage.
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
� PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3
� i �
FIELD RESIDENCE F�r�
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
2
3.
Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document
using appropriate form properly executed.
Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
I:�
:
PRODUCT OPTIONS
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Provide products complete with accessories, h-im, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect wiil make
selection.
Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Archit�ct's. .
Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a
single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
�
�
LJ
�
�
�
!__f
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled �
"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by
the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.
�
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4 �
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE�
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a
list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that
complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered[, unless otherwise indicated.
� 4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers"
introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
listed that complies with requirements.
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
Q
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available
Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of
the products listed or another product that complies with requirements. Comply with
provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by
one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of
an unnamed product.
Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Basis-of-Design Product" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of
manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by
one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,
profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of
an unnamed product.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and
matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches satisfactorily.
a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and
� complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the
Contract Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product.
� 9. Visual Selecticxi Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and
manufacturer) that complies with other specif ed requirements.
,
�
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of
colors, patterns, textures" ar similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that does not.include premium items.
� PRODUCT REQUIIZEMENTS 01600 - 5
� � �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado �
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture �
from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
2.2
23
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the
Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion
of Architect.
B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
n
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner
must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect
for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and
similar considerations.
Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
Requested substitutian provides specified wan•anty.
COMPA.Rt1BLE PRODUCTS
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:
�
4
Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 6 �
�
,
'
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
END OF SECTION 01600
�J
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
, PRODUCT REQUIIZEMENTS • 01600 - 7
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART1-GENERAL
l.l
n
:
•
Project No. OS1677
Vail, Colorado
SUMMARY
This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. General installation of products.
4. Progress cleaning.
5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction.
7. Correction of the Work.
See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels,
and final cleaning.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of
improvements comply with requirements.
B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.
D. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice
in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying
services of the kind indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 1
V �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
verify the existence and location of inechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work.
Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate
and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting
the Work.
1. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections befare equipment and fixture installation.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. �
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by conshuction. Coardinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless perniitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not p:oceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements b,;fore
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
�
�
[J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
D. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown �
diagrammatically on Drawings.
u
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2 �
,
lJ
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
E. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
� clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include
a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
Contract Documents. Submit requests on CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation."
, 33 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
� A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are
discovered, notify Architect promptly.
M
'
�
�
B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an enor of closure equal to or less than the standard established
by authorities having jurisdiction.
� C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill
and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
�
1
�
3.4
�
t
�
�
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and
electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.
Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations €rom required lines and
levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and
duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log
available for reference by Architect.
FIELD ENGINEERING '
A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control
points during construction operations.
B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having
jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
' EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
3.5
� � �
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work
requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations,
angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
D. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real
properiy) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that
principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the
survey.
1. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or
with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and
elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
1:3
C�
I�
C
F
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
G. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4 �
�
�
�
'
�
�
,
�
�
,
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
:
C.
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
l. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specifc cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E
F
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
� materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
1 H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
�
,
3.7
�
�
,
, 3.8
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period.
A.
:
C�
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning conr-ols and equipment.
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
, EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.
Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01700
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6
'
�
'
�
�
�
'
�
1
'
�
�
�
�
�
CJ
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I:�
:
C
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
C. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and elech-ical installations. See
Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching mechanical and electrical installations.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before
the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the
following information:
1.3
�
�
�
I1
1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance
and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities:. List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List
utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate
how long service will be disrupted.
6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original structure.
7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
' CUTTING AND PATCHING • 01731 - 1
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually
unsatisfactory manner.
1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed
below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another
recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties. � �
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed,
will match the visual and functional perfonnance of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPAIZATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 2 �
�
�
�
'
�
• �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vait, Colorado
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
, 3.3
'
C
0
A.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or
abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied
areas.
PERFORMANCE
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
' 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
'
'
�
�
'
u
�
�
�
�
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with ariginal Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete & Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifcations.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence
of patching and refinishing.
� CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 3
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition.
END OF SECTION 01731
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 4
�
�
�
'
'
�
,
�
'
�
�
,
�
'
�
�
'
�
�
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01732 - SELECTNE DEMOLITION
PART1-GENERAL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:
1. Selected portions of a building or structure.
2. Selected site elements.
3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.
B. See Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade
improvements.
C. See Division 15 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating mechanica] items.
D. See Division 16 Sections for demolishing, cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
DEFINITIONS
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner
ready for reuse.
Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and
reinstall them where indicated.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of conshuction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise
indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property
and shall be removed from Project site.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed
for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if
proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include measures for the following:
1. Dust control.
SELECTNE DEMOLITION
01732 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
AllDITION / REMODEL
2. Noise control.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition
and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, interruption of utility
services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
C. Predemolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition
operations. Submit before Work begins.
I��
1.5
1.6
I1
Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
D. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of
materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress
and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates
exposed by selective demolition operaiions.
5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than
72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
:
C�
Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent uccupied or used facilities.
Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
Owner as far as practical.
SELECTNE DEMOLITION � 01732 - 2
�
�
'
,
'
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by
Owner under a separate contract.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
� against damage during selective demolition operations.
'
�
,
'
'
,
'
�
C�
'
'
�
l. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
1.7 WA,RRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIIZ MATERIALS
A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items tc be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submif a:written report to Architect.
� SELECTNE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
3.2
3.3
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
E. Engage Structural Engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any
element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or
adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction
photographs.
�
�
��
�
l. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation." �
UTILITY SERVICES
A. Existing Services and Systems: Maintain existing services and systems indicated to remain and
protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Comply with requirements for existing service/system interruptions specified in
Division 1 Section "Summary."
B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in
writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during
interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during
changeover. �
C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.
2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary
utilities before proceeding with selective demolition that bypass area of selective
demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
D. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting,
removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility
disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing.
PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
l. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing
regulations.
�
��
�
�
�
��
�
L�
i
'
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4 �
�
'
'
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered
passageways, where reyuired by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.
, B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and
' construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction
operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building
exterior.
iD. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
u
�
E. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural
support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to
remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being
demolished.
, 3.4 SELECTNE DEMOLTTION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
' construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations.
�
'
'
�
�
'
Ll
'
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden
space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-
suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
B. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting
elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during
selective demolition operations.
C. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
' SELECTNE DEMOLITION � 01732 - 5
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colarado �
l. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
origina] locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.5 PATCHING AND REPAIRS
A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition
operations.
C
C�
I�
Patching: Comply with Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for
new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with
an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's writfen
recommendations.
Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.
E. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of
uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
F.
3.6
A.
B.
C.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
General: Promrtly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to
accumulate on-site.
Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01732
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 6 �
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
�
,
'
�
�
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.2
A.
C�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
Inspection procedures.
Project Record Documents.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
Warranties.
Instruction of Owner's personnel.
Final cleaning.
See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
See Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting Final
Completion construction photographs and negatives.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for
products of those Sections.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
9.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, �operating certificates, and similar
releases.
Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion conshuction photographs and photographic negatives, damage or
settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner.
Complete startup testing of systems.
Submit tesdadjust/balance records.
' CLOSEOiIT PROCEDURES
01770 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
EIDDITION / REMODEL
1.3
1.4
��
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
l. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
2
3
4.
5.
Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. 'fhe certified copy
of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
Insh-uct Owner in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and
systems.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor
of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previcus inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PLTNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Su�mit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing conection '
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2 '
'
�
'
,
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
u
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of
construction. Use CSI Form 14.1A.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
I1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
� A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project
Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents
for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
, B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract
Drawings and Shop Drawings.
�
,
�
�
I
�
i
I�I
u
2
3
4.
Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether
individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up
Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
numbers, and similar identification where applicable.
Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with
durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
' contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
'
�
2
K�
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings, where applicable.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other
� Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual
performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for
continued use and reference.
�
' CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows:
l. Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and equipment
descriptions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations.
2. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance,
and copies of warranties and bonds.
B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and
index data in heavy-duty, three-'ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thiclrness necessary to
accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets.
Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.
1.7 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of
the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
indicated.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.
1
2.
3
Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thiclrness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-1l-inch
paper.
Provide heary paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4 ,
,
lJ
,
,
'
'
'
'
,
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Instruction: Instruct Owner to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and
equipment not part of a system.
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site. �
e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing nat�ual
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including but not
limited to roofs and skylights.
g. Sweep concrete floors broom-clean in unoccupied spaces.
h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish
mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
j. Remove labels that are not permanent.
k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
�) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
, CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 5
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Wipe surfaces of inechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
m. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator. to make a final inspection and rid
Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.
D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 6 ,
,
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
,
�
'
,
'
,
'
'
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART1-GENERAL
C
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SiJMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedure Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation
and maintenance manual requirements.
C. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of
products in those Sections.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that wo�ald be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring mark-up include, but are not limited to, the following:
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781 - 1
V
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
2.2
:
A.
3.
4.
5.
�
�'
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
d. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
e. Actual equipment locations.
f. Duct size and routing.
g. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
h. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
i. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
j. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
k. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
l. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification
on cover sheets.
2. Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place
transparencies in durable tube-type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of
each container with identification. If container does not include complete set, identify
Drawings included.
3. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect. �
e. Name of Contractor.
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
canno� be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to
provide a record of selections made.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 2 ,
,
ll
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
4. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
' 2.3
,
,
'
'
'
LJ
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded ]ater.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
,
�
'
,
'
�
'
'
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during construction period for Project Record
Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they
occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the
field office apart .from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
in clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project
Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781
' PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS • 01781 - 3
1
II �
� �
'
r
'
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
0
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
� B.
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
1. Emergency manuals.
2. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes,
and systems and equipment.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
requirements for products in those Sections.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Manual: Submit 1 copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection.
Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of
each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANLJALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each
system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system.
Each manual shall contain a title page, ta�le of contents, and manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed
to content of volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
' OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1�
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-1l-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on
spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.
a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastio-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
2.2 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In. addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and equipment descriptions, operating standards, operating
procedures, operating logs, wiring and control diagrams, and license requirements.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1.
3.
4.
6.
7.
9.
Product name and model number.
Manufacturer's name.
Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
Equipment function.
Operating characteristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curves.
Engineering data and tests.
Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include starhip, break-in, and control procedures; stopping and normal
shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating instructions; and
required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
�
��
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
J
�
�
LJ
�
LJ
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA p 1 �g2 _ 2 ,
1
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
l�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
2.3 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and
sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
2.4
�
�
L�
�
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations for inspection
procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule for cleaning and
maintenance, and repair instructions.
E.
F
Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service
contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each
product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance
service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation
including maintenance instructions, drawings and diagrams for maintenance, nomenclature of
parts and components, and recommended spare parts for each component part or piece of
equipment.
' D. Maintenance Procedures: Include test and inspection instructions, troubleshooting guide,
disassembly instructions, and adjusting instructions, and demonstration and training videotape if
available, that detail essential maintenance procedures.
'
� OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local
sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G
H
Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures
for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies
indicated.
B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care
and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance
data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment
not part of a system.
D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data inctude more than one item in tabular
format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify
data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illushate
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and
flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to
ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance
manuals.
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
F. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting �
operation and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
�
�
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4 �
.
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Protecting existing trees and vegetation to remain.
2. Removing trees and other vegetation.
3. Removing above-grade site improvements.
1.2
1.3
r�
L
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain on Owner's property, cleared
materials shall become Contractor's property and shal] be removed from the site.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during site-clearmg operations.
B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's
premises where indicated.
C. Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: As specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
1. Obtain approved borrow soil materials off-site when satisfactory soil materials are not
available on-site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water
runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
SITE CLEARING 02230 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
I. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or
backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
J. Utilities: include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.
K. Detectable Warning Tape: Polyethylene film warning tape encasing a metallic core, minimum
6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide bonow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
B. Any suitable material or borrow as defined above. Free-running water shal] be drained from
materials before placement.
C. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, freezing temperatures or frost, and other
hazards created by earthwork operations. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary.
B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
C. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared
subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
D. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions
encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
�
1
�
�
LJ
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
EARTHWORK 02300 - 2 ,
�
LJ
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
B. Excavate for structures, pavements, and walks to indicated elevations and dimensions. Extend
� excavations for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other
construction, and for inspections. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base
to receive other work.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
� 3.3
�
�
�
�
L�
�
C. Excavate utility trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and invert elevations of uniform
widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls
vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit.
1. Excavate trenches deeper than bottom of pipe elevation, 6 inches deeper in rock, 4 inches
deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
D. Proof roll subgrades, before filling or placing aggregate courses, with heavy pneumatic-tired
equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or
saturated subgrades.
E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or
construction activities.
F. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation
of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean
concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by
Architect.
G. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory soil materials, without intermixing, in shaped,
graded, drained, and covered stockpiles. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of
excavations and outside drip line of remaining trees.
BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Utility Trench Backfill: Place, compact, and shape bedding course to provide continuous
support for pipes and conduits over rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill
unauthorized excavations.
1. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of
particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. Place
and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade.
2. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6
inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
B. Fill: Place and campact fill material in layers to required elevations.
C. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before
compaction to withir, 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.
� EARTHWORK • 02300 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
D. Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth
for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
3.4
3.5
1
�
�
E. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to
ASTM D 1557 698: �
1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12
inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each
layer of backfill or fill material at 92 percent.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent.
F. Grading: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated. Grade lawns, walks, and unpaved subgrades to tolerances of plus or minus 1 inch
and pavements and areas within building lines to plus or minus 1/2 inch.
G. Subbase and Base Courses: Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on prepared
subgrade. Place base course material over subbase. Compact to required grades, ]ines, cross
sections, and thiclrness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to
ASTM D 1557.
H. Under slabs-on-grade, place drainage course on prepared subgrade. Compact to required cross
sections and thiclrness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to
ASTM D 698.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a yualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.
B. �Allow testing agency to test and inspect subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.
C. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backflls have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
/1
�.
PROTECTION AND DISPOSAL
Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
Repair and reestablish grades to specified t�lerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction.
`J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
EARTHWORK 02300 - 4 �
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
D. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's properly.
END OF SECTION 02300
� EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDI`I'ION / REI�IODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1. Keep trenches dry during installation of drainage system.
2. Use fittings at intersections and right angle intersections.
3. Make changes in direction of drain lines with 1/8 bends.
A. Bedding:
1. Place graded bedding prior to laying of foundation drain pipe or tile.
2. Rest each section firmly upon the bedding through entire length.
3. Thickness: As indicated
B. Pipe Laying:
1. Lay drain lines to uniform grades and alignment, with continuous fall indirection
of flow with minimum slope of l/8" per foot.
2. Thoroughly clean interior of pipe of dirt or other foreign material before laying.
3. Lay perforated pipe with perforations facing down.
4. Connect to daylight as indicated.
5. Solvent weld all fittings.
6. Wrap pipe in drainage fabric before covering.
C. Cleanout: Provide cleanouts at all major direction changes.
1. Unpaved areas: Set in 12" x 12" concrete blocks. Comply with Division 3.
D. Backfilling:
1. 'After pipe installation has been accepted, place pervious backfill material.
2. When placing backfill, prevent displacement of or injury to pipe or tile.
3. Install filter fabric over pervious backfill before backfilling remainder of wall
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: After installing drainage fill to top of pipe, test drain piping with water to ensure free
flow before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and repeat test
until results are satisfactory.
SUBDRAINAGE 02620 - 2
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clear interior of installed piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as work
progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place
plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION 02620
� SUBDRA3NAGE 02620 - 3
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 02780 - LJNIT PAVERS
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Rough-stone pavers set in mortar setring bed.
2. Edge restraints for pavers.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
B. Samples: Showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of unit
paver indicated.
1. Include Samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Build mockups for each form and pattern of paver.
1. Build mockups as shown on Drawings.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
1.4
A.
B.
C.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Cold-Weather Protection: Do not use frozen materials or build on frozen subgrade or setting
beds.
Weather Limitations for Bituminous Setting Bed: Install bituminous setting bed only when
atmospheric temperature is above 40 deg F(4 deg C> and when base is dry.
Cold-Weather Requirements for Mortar and Grout: Heat materials to provide mortar and grout
temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F t4 and 49 deg C). Protect unit paver work against
freezing for 24 hours after installation.
UNIT PAVERS • 02780 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART2-PRODUCTS
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colarado
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 COLORS AND TEXTURES
A. Colors and Textures: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 UNIT PAVERS
A. Rough-Stone Pavers: Irregular paving stones, with split faces and edges. Selected stone type
and pattern: Frontier Flagstone.
1. Manufacturer:
a. Gallegos Corporation
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Sandstone Edge Restraints: Color and style to match stone field. Verify color selection with
Architect prior to installation.
l. Manufacturers:
a. Gallegos Corporation.
2.5
A.
B.
C.
D.
AGGREGATE SETTING-BED MATERIALS
Graded Aggregate for Base: Sound crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for
Size No. 8.
Geotextile: Woven or nonwoven polyester or polypropylene geotextile, with a permeability
rating 10 times greater than that of subgrade soil and an apparent opening size small enough to
prevent passage of fines from leveling course into base course.
Sand for Leveling Course: Sound, sharp, washed sand complying with gradation requirements
of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregate.
Sand for Joints: Sharp, washed sand with 100 percent passing No. 16 (l . I 8-mm} sieve.
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 2
FIELD RESIDENCE r � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2.6 PORTLAND CEMENT-LIME MORTAR SETTING-BED MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C 144.
D. Water: Potable.
2.7 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions.
Discard mortars and grout when they have reached their initial set.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
I:�
:
C.
�
3.2
E.
Mix pavers from several pallets, as they are placed, to produce uniform blend of colors and
textures.
Cut unit pavers with motor-driven masonry saw to provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining
work neatly. Use full units without cutting where possible.
Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/ 16-inch (1.6-mm) unit-to-unit offset from flush nor 1!8 inch in 24
inches (3 mm in 600 mm) and 1!4 inch in 10 feet (G mm in 3 m) from level, or indicated slope.
Expansion and Control Joints: Provide joint filler as� backing for sealant-filled joints where
indicated. Install joint filler before setting pavers.
Provide edge restraints as indicated. Install edge restraints before placing unit pavers.
MORTAR SETTING-BED APPLICATIONS
A. Saturate concrete subbase with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove
surface water about one hour before placing setting bed.
B. Apply cement-paste bond coat over surface of concrete subbase before placing setting bed.
Limit area of bond coat to avoid its drying out before placing setting bed. Do not exceed l;' 16-
inch (l .6-mm) thickness for bond coat.
C. Apply mortar bed over bond coat immediately after applying bond coat. Spread and screed to
elevations required for accurate setting of pavers to finished grades indicated.
D. Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with pavers before initial set.
Cut back, bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before placing pavers.
UNIT PAVERS 02780 - 3 •
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
E. Place pavers before initial set of cement occurs. Immediately before placing pavers, apply
uniform l'1 G-irlc}i- (1.5-mm-) thick, slurry bond coat to bed or to back of each paver.
F
�
H
I
Tamp or beat pavers with a wooden block or rubber mallet to obtain full contact with setting
bed and to bring finished surfaces within indicated tolerances. Set each paver in a single
operation before initial set of mortar; do not return to areas already set and disturb pavers for
purposes of realigning finished surfaces or adjusting joints.
Spaced Joint Widths: Provide 3/8-inch (l0anm) nominal joint width with variations not
exceeding plus or minus lil6 inch (l .6 mm).
Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, taking
care not to smear grout on adjoining pavers and other surfaces. After initial set of grout, finish
joints by tooling slightly concave.
Cure grout by maintaining in a damp condition for seven days, unless otherwise recommended
by latex-additive manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 02780
LTNIT PAVERS 02780 - 4 �
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 02920 - LAWNS AND GRASSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l SIJMMARY
A. This Section includes seeding and sodding.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
12 DEFINITIONS
A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
B. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Product certificates.
C. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor
on Project site when planting is in progress.
B. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
1.5 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod accarding to requirements in TPI's "Specifications
for Tur:'grass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and
Installation" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding."
1.6 LAWN MAINTENANCE
LAWNS AND GRASSES
02920 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is
established, but for not less than the following periods:
Seeded Lawns: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Remove no more than 40 percent of
grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings.
1.7 PLANTING MATERIALS
A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 6 percent organic material
content; free of stones I inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials
harmful to plant growth.
:
C
�
Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site and supplement with imported or
manufactured topsoil from off-site sources when quantities are insufficient. Verify
suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil.
Inorganic Soil Amendments:
1. Lime: ASTM C 602, Class T or O, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80
percent calcium carbonate equivalent.
2. Sulfur: Granular, biodeg radable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a
minimum 99 percent passing through No. 6(3.3�-iri�n) sieve and a maximum 10 percent
passing through Na 40 (0.4?�-mm) sieve.
3. Iron Sulfate: Granulated fenous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10
percent sulfur.
4. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
Organic Soil Amendments
1. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8.
2. Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having water-absorbing
capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent.
3. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste;
of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
Fertilizer:
1. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of 4 percent
nitrogen and 20 percent phosphoric acid.
2. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soiuble; a minimum of 20 percent
available phosphoric acid.
3. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,
consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic
sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
a. Composition: 1 t�i1000 sq. ft. (0.4_S kgi92.9 sq. m} of actual nitrogen, 4 percen?
phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight.
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 2 �
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
C
1.8
u
Project No. 051677
Vail, CoIorado
4. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
a. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent
potassium, by weight.
Mulches:
1
2
3
4
Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed straw of
wheat, rye, oats, or barley.
Peat Mulch: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular
texture, with pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
Peat Mulch: Finely divided or granular texture, with pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing
partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having water-
absorbing capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent.
Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5
to 8.
PLANTING SOIL MIX
1. Planting Soil Mix: Replace to match existing.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
2.1 LAWN PREPARATION
A. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of $ inches (200 mm).
Remove stones larger than 1 inch t25 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and
other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening.
2. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil
amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.
3. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 8 inches (200 rnm) but not less than required to
meet finish grades after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil
or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
B. Unchanged Subgrades: If �lawns are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by
excavating, grading, or surface soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove existing grass, vegetation, and tur£ Do not mix into surface soil.
Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least of 8 inches (200 n�m). Apply soil amendments
and fertilizers according to planting soil mix proportions and mix thoroughly into top 6
inches (150 mm) of soil. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture.
Remove stones larger than l inch (25 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and
other extrarieous matter.
Legally disp.ose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's
property.
� LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
C. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus l r2 inch (13 mm) of finish elevation. Roll and rake,
remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be
planted in the immediate future.
D. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface
to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
E. Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.
2.2 SEEDING
A. Replace to match existing.
2.3 SODDING
A. Replace to match existing.
2.4
A.
:
C�7
SATISFACTORY LAWNS
Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of
grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90
percent over any 10 sq. ft. (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches (1?S by I?�
mmj.
Satisfactory Sodded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even-colored,
viable lawn has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface
irregularities.
Reestablish lawns that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until lawns
are satisfactory.
END OF SECTION 02920
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 4
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Trees.
2. Shrubs.
3. Ground cover.
4. Plants.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
12 DEFINITIONS
A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
B. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.
D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top sur#�ace
of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Product certificates.
C. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.
D. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of exterior plants during a calendar year.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer who maintains an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when exterior planting is in progress.
B. Topsoil Analysis: �'urnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laborato .ry.
C. Frovide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with
applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock."
EXTERIOR PLANTS • 02930 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.6
1.7
�r1I
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
A. Do not prune trees and shrubs befare delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from
sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or
bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective
covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not drop exterior plants during delivery.
B. Deliver exterior plants after preparations far planting have been completed and install
� immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants trees
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicated,
against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack
of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's
control.
1. Warranty Period for Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Ground Cover and Plants: Six months from date of Substantial
Completion.
MAINTENANCE
A. Trees and Shrubs: Maintain during warranty period_by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding,
fertilizing, restoring planting saucers, tightening and repairing stakes and guy supports, and
resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings.
Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease.
B. Ground Cover and Plants: Maintain during warranty period by watering, weeding, fertilizing,
and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings.
0
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 EXTERIOR PLANTS
A. Tree and Shrub Material: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI Z60.1,
with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped,
fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as
knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.
1.
2
Replace to match existing.
Provide balled and burlapped, balled and potted, container-grown, fabric bag-grown trees
and shrubs.
�
�
�
�
�
�
l___J
�
:J
�
�
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 2 �
�
�
�
�
�
• •
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots
or similar containers, and complying with ANSI Z60.1.
� 2.2
�
�
�
!�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
�
C. Annuals: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed. Provide
only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not
yet in bloom.
�
A.
:
C.
Perennials: Provide healthy, field-grown plants from a commercial nursery, of species and
variety shown or listed.
PLANTING MATERIALS
Topsoil: Replace to match existing.
1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site and supplement with imported or
manufactured topsoil from off-site sources when quantities are insufficient. Verify
suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil.
Inorganic Soil Amendments:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Lime: ASTM C 602, Class T or O, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80
percent calcium carbonate equivalent.
Replace to match existing.
Sulfur: Granular, biodeg radable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a
minimum 99 percent passing through No. 6(3.3�-mm} sieve and a maximum 10 percent
passing through No. 40 {0.425-mm) sieve.
Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10
percent sulfur.
Aluminum Sulfate: Commercia} grade, unadulterated.
Organic Soil Amendments:
1. Compost: Replace to match existing.
2. Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture,
wi±h a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
3. � Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing
capacity of 1100 to 2000 percent.
4. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste;
of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
D. Weed-Control Barriers:
1. Replace to match existing.
2. Nonwoven Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz.rsq. yd. (lt}1 �:-�sc3. .m)
minimum.
3. Composite Fabric: Woven, needle-punched polypropylene substrate bonded to a
nonwoven polypropylene fabric, 4.8 oz./sq. yd. (162 g,!sy. m�.
� EXTERIOR PLANTS • 02930 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2.3 PLANTING SOIL MIX
A. Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with the following soil amendments [and fertilizers) in the
following quantities:
1. Replace to match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXTERIOR PLANTING
A. Bed Establishment:
1. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 12 inches (200 mm).
2. Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots,
rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
3. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil
amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.
4. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 8 inches (150 mm) but not less than required to
meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is
frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
5. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose,
uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish
grades.
B. Trees and Shrubs:
2.
Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving
center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further
disturb base. Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. Excavate
approximately three times as wide as ball diameter.
Set trees and shrubs plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball flush with
adjacent finish grades.
�
Q
Balled and Burlapped: Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls
and partially from sides, but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets,
if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken
before or during planting operation.
Balled and Potted or Container Grown: Carefully remove root ball from container
without damaging root ball or plant.
Fabric Bag Growr►: Carefully remove root ball from fabric bag without damaging
root ball or plant. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before
or during planting operation.
Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and
eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled,
water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until ro
more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of
planting sbil mix.
Organic Mulching: Replace to match existing.
�
�
u
�
�I�
�
�
CJ
u
�
�
�
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 4 �
1 • o
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
C. Tree and Shrub Pruning: Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs according to standard
� horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Do not cut tree leaders;
remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain natura]
character. Shrub sizes indicated are sizes after pruning.
D. Ground Cover and Plant Planting:
1
2
3
4.
5.
Set out and space ground cover and plants to match existing.
Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots, and backfll with planting soil.
Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation
around plants to hold water.
Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of
recovery from transplanting shock.
E. Planting Bed Mulching:
l. Install weed-control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6
inches (I50 mm).
2. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. Replace to match
existing.
F. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
� contractors and trades, and others. ,..Maintain protection during installation and maintenance
periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting.
� G. Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
�
��
�
�
�
�
�J
END OF SECTION 02930
1 EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 5
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
SECTION 03301 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS)
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix
design, placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal rec}uirements in ACI 301..
B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix.
1.4 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifcations: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same
manufacturer.
D. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless
modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure,
and protection of in=place concrete.
2. Formwork and form accessaries.
3. Steel reinforcement and supports.
�� CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
4. Concrete mixtures.
5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete.
6. Lightweight concrete.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMWORK
A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.
22
A.
B.
C.
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (CTrade �20), deformed.
Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.
Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: AST'M A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat
sheets.
Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
C. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Types I or II or Type UII.
D. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1-1/2-inch nominal
size.
E. Lightweight Aggregate: AST'M C 330.
F. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.
G. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for
use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long.
2.4
A.
:
ADMIXTURES
General: Admixtures certifed by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-
soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other admixtures. Do not
use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) � 03301 - 2
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.
E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
� A. Vapor Retarder: Multi-ply reinforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than
7.8 mils (0.18 mm) thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.?�
mrn) thick.
B. Fine-Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and
manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a No. �(4.75-
mn�) sieve and 10 to 30 percent passing a No. l 00 (O.l 5-mm) sieve; complying with deleterious
substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates.
C. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or
self-expanding cork.
2.6 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approacimately 9 oz./sq. yd. dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene
sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E.
F.
G
H
Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1, Class A.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1, Class A.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI301, for normal-weight concrete
determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi.
2. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3500 psi.
3. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi.
4. Slump: 4 inches.
a. Slump Limit for Concrete Containing High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture:
Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to plant- or site-verified, 2- to 3-
inch slump.
C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of
placement having an air content of 2.5 to 4.5 percent.
D. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of
placement having an air content of 6.0 percent within a tolerance of plus 1.0 or minus 1.5
percent.
E. Lightweight Structural Concrete Mix: ASTM C 330, proportioned to produce concrete with a
minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days and a calculated equilibrium unit weight
of 110 lb/cu. ft. plus or minus 3]b/cu. ft. as determined by ASTM C 567. Concrete slump at
point of placement shall be the minimum necessary for efficient mixing, placing, and finishing.
F.
2.8
A.
B.
�
1. Limit slump to 5 inches for troweled slabs and 4 inches for other slabs.
Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but
not less than 1.O lb/cu. yd.
CONCRETE MIXING
Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94.
Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from
1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and
delivery time to 60 minutes.
Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1.
2.
3.
For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least one and one-half
minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of
batch is released.
For mixer capacity ]arger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each
additional 1 cu. yd..
Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, ir,dicating Project
identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water
added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 4 �
.
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
u
Project No. 051677
Vail. Colorado
A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.
3.2 VAPOR RETARDER
1:1
:
Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in
position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.
Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
1. Cover vapor retarder with fine-graded granular material, moisten, and compact with
mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch or minus 3/4 inch.
33 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting
reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
� 3.4 JOINTS
I1
:
C.
Q
General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicuiar to surface plane of concrete.
Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces,
such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete
surface, unless otherwise indicated.
Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,
sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at
least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows:
1
2.
Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
each edge of joint with groover tool to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of
contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete
swfaces.
Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when
� CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete
develops random contraction cracks.
3.5
A.
B.
C.
3.6
3.7
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing
concrete.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.
Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes
and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in
height rubbed down or chipped off.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in
an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and
defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections.
2.
3.
Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or
covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing,
veneer plaster, ar painting.
Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish.
Apply the following rubbed finish, defined in ACI301, to smooth-formed finished
concrete.
a. Smooth-rubbed finish.
b. Grout-cleaned finish.
c. Cork-floated finish.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent
formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent
unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
A.
�.
FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES
Generul: Comply with ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for
concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or
darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater
appears on the swface.
J
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 6 �
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.
C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar
setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious
floor finish, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to
floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or
membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo.
E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces
exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a
cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system.
F. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling,
to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either
thickset or thin-set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still
plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom.
G. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior
concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen
trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.
3.8 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials."
3.9
,
�
CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI306.1 for cold-weather protection, and follow
recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
� conditions cause moisture � loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and
bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
�
�
i
'
C
�
Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture
curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
ICAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 7
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any
holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample
materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to
requirements specified in this Article. Perform tests according to ACI 301.
B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will
be performed according to ACI 301.
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete
mix exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu.
yd. or fraction thereof.
2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction
thereof of each concrete mix placed each day.
311 REPAIlZS
A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section.
END OF S�CTION 03301
CASfi-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (LIMITED APPLICATIONS) 03301 - 8 �
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 04860 - STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
PART1-GENERAL
l.l SUMMARY
.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes stone veneer in the following applications:
1. Adhered to unit masonry backup.
2. Adhered to wood framing and sheathing.
B. Products installed, but not furnished, in this Section include steel lintels and shelf angles for
stone veneer assemblies specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications."
1.2 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Stone Samples: For each color, grade, fnish, and variety of stone required.
C. Colored Mortar Samples: For each color required.
D. Qualification Data: For Installer.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced stone masons and stone fitters
who are skilled in installing stone veneer assemblies similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service
perfor�nance.
B. Protection of Stone Veneer Assemblies: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections,
and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work.
C. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face
of stone veneer assemblies.
D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Comply with cold-weather
construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 Section 21043 of the
Uniform Building Code.
1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried.
E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
ISTONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES O4860 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART2-PRODUCTS
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2.1 STONE SOURCES
A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following
stone varieties from one of the following sources:
1. Stone Type: Match existing for color and species.
f►•�►a
A.
.
D.
E.
MORTAR MATERIALS
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather
construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color
indicated.
1. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C 114.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18-mm)
sieve.
Water: Potable.
Available Products:
1. Cold-Weather Admixture:
a. Euc}id Chemical Co.; Accelguard 80.
b. Grace, W. R. & Co., Construction Products Division; Morset. .
c. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc.; Trimix-NCA.
2.3 VENEER ANCHORS
A. Materials: '
1. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2.
B. Corrugated-Metal Veneer Anchors: Not less than 0.030-inch thick by 7/8-inch wide hot-dip
galvanized steel sheet with corrugations having a wavelength of 0.3 to 0.5 inch and an
amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch.
C. Wire Veneer Anchors: Formed from W 1 J or 0.148-inch diameter wire.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES � 04860 - 2
�
�
'
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2.4 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
1. Metal Flashing: Fabricate from copper, 10-oz./sq. ft. weight or 0.0135 inch thick for
fully concealed flashing; 16-oz./sq. ft. weight or 0.0216 inch thick elsewhere.
a. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry with sawtooth or
dovetail ribs at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral
mortar bond.
b. Fabricate metal drip edges to extend at ]east 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out
from wall, with a hemmed outer edge bent down 30 degrees.
c. Fabricate metal flashing terminations to extend at least 3 inches into wall and out
to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4
inch and then down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer
rod.
B. Contractor's Option for Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use
, metal flashing specified above. For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following,
unless otherwise indicated:
�
�
�
2.5
�
�
�.
'
1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable and
highly adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated
polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of 0.030 inch (0.8 mm).
C. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products
or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other
and to substrates.
A.
I:
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
Asphalt Dampproofing for Concrete Backup: Cut-back asphalt complying with ASTM D 4479,
Type I, or asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1227, Type III or N.
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from urethane.
C. Weep Holes:
1. Wicking Material: Cotton or polyester rope, 1/4 to 3/8 inch in diameter, in length
required to produce 2-inch exposure on exterior and 18 inches in cavity behind stone
veneer assembly.
� 2.6
A.
�
�
���
2.7
MASONRY CLEANERS
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup dry-measure tetrasodium polyphosphate
and 1/2-cup dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. of water.
STONE FABRICATION
, STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES O4860 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colarado
A. General: Fabricate stone in sizes and shapes necessary to comply with requirements indicated,
including details on Drawings.
2.8
B. Select stone to produce pieces of thiclrness, size, and shape indicated and to comply with
fabrication and construction tolerances recommended by applicable stone association or, if
none, by stone source, for faces, edges, beds, and backs.
C. Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in. in area.
D. Thiclmess of Stone Veneer: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
E.
F
1. Thickness: Match to existing.
Shape stone for type of masonry (pattern) as follows:
l. Uncoursed rubble (fieldstone): Match existing.
Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to
match approved samples and mockups.
1. Finish for Sills: Snapped edge, match existing.
2. Finish for Copings: Snapped edge, match existing.
3. Finish for Lintels: Snapped edge, match existing.
MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise
indicated.
I:
C.
C
1. Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar, regardless of weather
conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together
before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp;
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this
dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until
mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not
retemper or use partially hardened material.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime.
2. Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S.
3. Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N.
Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand, and water to a
consistency simiiar to that of thick cream.
Mortar for Scratch Coat over Metal Lath: 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part lime, 5 parts loose
damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable consistency.
�
�-
�
�
!__1
�
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES O4860 - 4 �
'
�
�
�
�
�
r
'
�
'
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Pro�ect No. 051677
J
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
E. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Unit Masonry: 1 part portland cement, 1 part lime, 7 parts loose
damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable consistency.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone veneer assemblies, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance.
n
:
1. Examine substrate to verify that inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and
other items installed in unit masonry or concrete and required for or extending into stone
veneer assemblies are conectly installed.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinfarcement,
veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone veneer assemblies.
Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of building paper or building wrap before beginning
stone installation.
C. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before
� setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear
water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or
abrasives.
'
i
' 33
�
�
'
�
D. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements
relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable
for intended use.
SETTING OF STONE VENEER, GENERAL
A. Match existing.
`;�
C
Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joint sizes to match
existing.
Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to
downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.
1. At wood-framed walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through the veneer,
up the face of sheathing at least 8 inches, and behind building papei or building wrap.
2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing full length of angles liut not less than 4 inches
into masonry at each end.
� STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES • 04860 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
3.4
3.5
I��
E.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
�
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
At heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to
form a pan.
Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch beyond face of masonry at exterior and turn flashing
down to form a drip.
Install metal drip edges beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing 1/2 inch
back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of inetal drip edge.
Install metal flashing termination beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing
1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of inetal flashing
termination.
Cut flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed.
Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including at base of
cavity walls, above shelf angles, and at flashing.
1. Use wicking material to form weep holes.
2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing in stone sills. Turn wicking
down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible.
3. Space weep holes formed from wicking material 16 inches o.c.
Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with outside face of wall after mortar has set.
INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
A. Anchor stone veneer to concrete with corrugated-metal veneer anchors as follows:
1. Secure veneer anchors by inserting dovetailed ends into dovetail slots in concrete.
2. Embed veneer anchors in mortar joints to within 1 inch of face.
B. Anchor stone veneer to wood framing with ad}ustable, screw-attached veneer anchors as
follows:
1. Fasten each anchor section through sheathing to framing with two screws.
2. Embed wire tie section in mortar joints to within 1-1/2 inches of face.
C. Space veneer anchors not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c. horizontally.
Install additional veneer anchors within 12 inches of openings, sealant�joints, and perimeter at
intervals not exceeding 12 inches.
C
E
A.
Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints, unless otherwise indicated. Build veneer
anchors into mortar joints as stone is set.
Fill space between back of veneer and building paper or building wrap with mortar as stone is
set.
ADNSTING AND CLEANING
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone veneer assemblies as work progresses. Remove mortar fins
and smears before tooling joints.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES O4860 - 6 !
'
�
'
'
�
i
�
FIELD RESIDENCE • � Pro�ect No. O51
� 677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone veneer assemblies as
follows:
� 3.6
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
,
�
i
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes
or chisels.
Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes.
Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner.
Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
Clean stone veneer assemblies by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in
BIA Technical Note No. 20 Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution.
Clean stone veneer assemblies with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
Clean limestone veneer assemblies to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana
Limestone Handbook."
EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
A. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil-
contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
END OF SECTION 04860
' STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES - 04860 - 7
'
'
,
'
�
i
'
�
�
'
'
�
i
'
,
�
,
�
,
•
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes structural steel and grout.
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents
to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand ASD-service loads
indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated.
1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC's "Manual
of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design," Part 4.
13
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components.
Welding certificates.
Mill test reports.
Source quality-control test reports.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality
Certification Program and is designated an AISGCertified Plant, Category Sbd.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding
Code--Steel."
C. Comply with applicable provisions of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
and Bridges."
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05120 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
22
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
A.
i
C.
Q
E.
F.
�
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M, Grade 50.
Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36/A 36M, Grade 50.
Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M, Grade 50.
Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.
Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex
steel structural bolts.
1. Finish: Plain.
2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,)
compressible-washer type.
a. Finish: Plain.
Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished
carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B.
Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F I55�, Grade 36, straight.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex carbon steel.
2. Ylate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon steel.
4. Finish: Plain.
Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex carbon steel.
2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Finish: Plain.
Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1030, cold-finished carbon steel.
Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1018, cold-finished carbon steel.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05120 - 2
'
�
'
'
l_J
�
'
�
,
�
C]
LJ
�
�
'
'
,
��
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2.3 PRIMER
A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type II, iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil, and alkyd.
B. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.
2.4 GROUT
A. Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, metallic aggregate
grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.
B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
application and a 30-minute working time.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate
according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's
"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design."
B. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear
connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to
AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions.
2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification fur
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint
specified.
l. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
2.7 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded
members to a depth of 2 inches.
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
• 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.
4. Galvanized surfaces.
' STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05120 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and
spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and
standards:
C.
1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPGSP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's
written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not
less than 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges,
and exposed surfaces.
2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and
inspections and prepare test reports. Comply with testing and inspection requirements of Part 3,
Article "Field Quality Control."
B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Contract Documents.
C. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected
according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ERECTION
A. Examination: Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of
anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance
with requirements.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural
Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." "
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges."
3.2 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type uf joint
specified.
1. Joint Type: Pretensioned.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05120 - 4 �
'
�
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE � •
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
' 3.3
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
i
1
��
1
1
i
1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and
"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
Design" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint
on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections.
B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C
�
Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1.
1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS Dl.l and the
following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be
accepted.
c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION 051200
' STRUCTLJRAL STEEL FRAMING 05120 - 5
,
,
'
'
'
'
'
�
,
'
'
'
'
.'
'
'
'
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
�
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
2. Shelf angles.
3. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
4. Steel weld plates and angles.
5. Loose steel lintels.
6. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
7. Decorative metal for ornamental metal items.
Proj ect No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of inetal fabrications and their
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items:
2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections.
3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis
data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS Dl.l, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel."
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS
A. l�ietal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
B. Ferrous Metals:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is
indicated or required by structural loads.
METAL FABRICATIONS
05500 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2.2 FASTENERS
A. General: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with
coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel
fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
2.3
2.4
B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized fenous castings, either
ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers,
and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Universa] Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with MPI #79.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer.
�
C
A
Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with
topcoat.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C 1107.
FABRICATION
General: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that
maintain structural value of joined pieces.
1. Cut; drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove. burrs and ease edges.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion
without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds
smooth and blended.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. .
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other
Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes. Where
wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24 inches o.c.
C. Loose Stecl Lintels: Fab�-icate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated '
for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.
L�
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 '
'
,
'
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear
span but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Lintels in Exterior Walls: Prime with zinc-rich pnmer.
D. Shelf Angles: Fabricate shelf angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to framing. Fabricate
with horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from
ends and 24 inches o.c.
1. Shelf Angles in Exterior Walls: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
2. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to
cast-in-place concrete.
tE. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items
bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
'
,
'
2.5
'
'
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
F. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed
field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate
assembly and installation with other work.
1. Exterior Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after
assembly.
B. Steel and Iron Finishes:
1. Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M or
ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable.
2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed metal
fabrications:
a. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast
Cleaning."
b. Interiors (SSPC Zone lA): SSPGSP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of inetal fabrications, except
those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete or masonry, to
comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and
Maintenance Painting," for shop painting.
' METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set
metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
l. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left as
exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of
exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be
fastened to in-place construction.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After
bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack solidly with
nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
C. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up
paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
'
'
'
'
,
,
'
'
,
'
�
�
'
,
'
,
'
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wood framing.
2. Wood supports.
3. Wood blocking.
4. Wood nailers.
5. Wood furring.
6. Wood sheathing.
7. Wood subflooring.
8. Building wrap.
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
12 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product indicated.
1. Include data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that materials comply with requirements.
B. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit
stresses.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-
inch nominal thiclrness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current
model cod.^, research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in
effect for Project.
1. Allowable Design Stresses: Meet or exceed those indicated per manufacturer's published
values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing
agency.
C. Wood Structural Panels:
1. Plywood: DOC PS l.
2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2.
3. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA
Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial."
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATNE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) except that lumber that is not
in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated
according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). ,
B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber.
C. Mark each treated item with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Wood nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members
in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in
contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade.
4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee
National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agenc� indicated.
B. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade and the following
species:
1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
2. Eastern softwoods; NELMA.
3. Northern species; NLGA.
4. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA.
C. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 Standard, Stud,
or No. 3 grade and any of the following species:
1. Douglas fir-larch, Douglas fir-larch (north), or pouglas fir-south; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WVVPA.
2. Hem-fir or Hem-fir (north); NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
ROUGH CARPENTRY ' 06100 - 2 �
,
'
'
1
,
�
'
'
'
'
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE • � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3. Southern pine; SPIB.
4. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or Spruce-pine-fir; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
D. Exposed Framing: Hand select matenal for uniformity of appearance and freedom from
characteristics that would impair finish appearance.
1. Species and Grade: Douglas fir-larch, Douglas fir-larch (north), or pouglas fir-south;
Select Structural No. 1 grade; NLGA, WCLIB, ar WWPA.
2.4 TIMBER AND MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the
following:
:
C.
1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
2. Blocking.
3. Nailers.
4. Furring.
For items of dimension lumber size, provide No. 2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum
moisture content of any species.
For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the
following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Hem-fir or Hem-fir (north), Construction or 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA. �
3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or Spruce-pine-fir, Construction or 2 Common grade; NELMA,
NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.5 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS
' A. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: A composite of wood veneers with grain primarily parallel to
meinber lengths, manufactured with an exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559.
Product has the following allowable design values as determined according to ASTM D 5456:
�
, B.
�
'
��
1. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, Edgewise: 2850 psi (19.7 MPa) for 12-inch nominal-
(286-mm actual-) depth members.
2. Modulus of Elasticity, Edgewise: 2,000,000 psi (13 800 MPa).
Wood I-Joists: Prefabricated units complying with APA PRI-400; depths and performance
ratings not less than those indicated.
1. Web Material: Either oriented �trand Uoard or plywood, Exposure 1.
2. Structural Capacities: Establish and monitor structurai capacities according to
ASTM D 5055. .
3. Trademark: Factory mark I joists with APA trademark indicating nominal joist depth,
joist class, span ratings, mill identification, and I joist compliance with APA standard.
.' ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
C. Rim Boards: Performance-rated product complying with APA PRR-401.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
l. Material: Mat-formed panels, all-veneer panels, composite panels, glulams or structural
composite lumber.
2. Thickness and Grade: 1-1/8-inch (28-mm) rim board.
3. Trademark: Factory mark with APA trademark indicating thickness, grade, and
compliance with APA standard.
2.6 SHEATHING
A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing.
1. Span Rating: Not less than [32/16].
2. Thickness: Not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm)]. -..
B. Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.
1. Span Rating: Not less than [32/16].
2. Thickness: Not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm)J.
C. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing.
1'. Span Rating: Not less than 48/24.
2. Thickness: Not less than 3/4 inch.
D. Oriented-Strand-Board Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I Exposure 1 sheathing.
1. Span Rating: Not less than 48/24.
2. Thiclmess: Not less than 3/4 inch.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners:
1
2
3
Where rough ca:pentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high
relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with
ASTM A 153/A 153M.
Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts
and, where indicated, flat washers.
B. Metal Framing Anchors: Made irom hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.
1. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show
compliance of inetal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in
effect for Project.
�
�
�
�
�
�
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4 �
�
'
LJ
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Allowable Design Loads: Meet or exceed those indicated per manufacturer's published
values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and
demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing
agency.
� C. Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I(No. 15
asphalt felt), unperforated.
� D. Building Wrap: Air-retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross-laminated films, woven
strands, or spun-bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and complying
with ASTM E 1677, Type I.
�
'
�
�
E
F
1. Thickness: Not less than 3 mils.
2. Permeance: Not less than 10 perms.
3. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84.
4. Allowable Exposure Time: Not less than three months.
Building Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap.
Sheathing Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing
and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required.
G. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in sfip form, for use as a sill
� sealer; 1-inch nominal thiclrness, compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's
standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
�
� 2.8
�
'
'
H. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498
that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel
manufacturers.
I:�
:
SUBFLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENT
Plywood Subflooring: Exposure 1, Structural I single-floor panels or sheathing.
1. Span Rating: Not less than 24. 48 oc or 40/20.
2. Thickness: Not less than 23/32 inch (18.3 mm).
Oriented-Strand-Board Subflooring: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.
1. Span Rating: Not less than 24 oc or 40/20.
2. Thickness: Not less than 23/32 inch (183 mm).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
t 3.1
�
INSTALLATION
, ROUGH CARPENTRY . 06100 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other
construction.
:
C
���
E
F
Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber
and plywood.
Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1
2
3
4.
5.
6.
CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
Published requirements of inetal framing anchor manufacturer.
Table 23-II-B-I, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof
Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code.
Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in the BOCA National Building Code.
Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the Standard Building Code.
Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 6023(2),
"Alternate Attachments," in the International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code.
Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and
fill holes with wood filler.
Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless
otherwise indicated.
Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
G. Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Fornl No. E30K, "APA
Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural-use panels and
applications indicated.
1. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in above-referenced guide.
H.
I.
J
Fastening Methods:
1. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: Glue and nail to wood framing.
2. Subflooring: Glue and nail to wood framing.
3. Sheathing: Nail to wood framing.
4. Underlayment: Nail to subflooring.
5. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports.
Apply building paper horizontally �vith 2-inch overlap and 6-inch end lap; fasten to sheathing
with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap.
Building R�rap Application: Cover wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated. Cover
unstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap. Seal seams, edges, and penetrations with tape.
K. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing.
Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6
1
,
��
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
PARTI-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior wood trim.
2. Shelving and clothes rods.
3. Panel products.
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.2 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product indicated.
1. Include data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that materials comply with requirements.
B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following:
1. Preservative-treated wood.
2. Fire-retardant-treated wood.
3. Power-driven fasteners.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MISCELLANEOUS LLTMBER
A. Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the
following:
1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. .
2. Blocking.
3. Cants.
4. Nailers.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, or No. 2 grade lumber with 19
percent maximum moisture content of any species.
C. For exposed boards, provide lumber, with 19 percent maximum moisture content, of wood to
match existing; grade to match existing; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
D. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and the
following species and grades:
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
06105 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL
1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common grade; NELMA.
3. Northern species, No. 3 Common grade; NLGA.
4. Western woods, No. 3 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
2.2 INTERIOR WOOD TRIM
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Clear, kiln-dried,
finished lumber (S4S), selected for compatible grain and color, to match existing.
B. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted): Finished lumber (S4S), either finger jointed or solid
lumber, of the following species and grades:
1. Grade Finish or 2 Common eastern white pine; NELMA or NLGA.
2. Grade 2 Common (Sterling) Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; NLGA or
WWPA.
3. Grade A Finish alder, aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum, magnolia, soft maple,
sycamore, tupelo, or yellow poplar; NHLA.
C. Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln-
dried stock and graded according to WMMPA WM 4.
1. Moldings for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Grade to match existing.
2. Moldings for Opaque Finish (Painted): P-grade aspen, basswood, cottonwood, gum,
magnolia, soft maple, tupelo, or yellow poplar.
2.3 SHELVING AND CLOTHES RODS
A. Shelving: 3/4-inch boards of same species and grade indicated above for exposed boards.
B. Clothes Rods: 1-1/2-inch diameter, clear, kiln-dried hardwood rods.
2.4 PANEL PRODUCTS
A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exposure 1 sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each
location, and thiclrness as indicated but not less than 1/2 inch.
B. Miscellaneous Concealed Oriented Strand Board: Exposure 1 sheathing, span rating to suit
framing in each location, and thickness as indicated but not less than 1!2 inch.
C. Particleboard Underlayment: ANSI A208.1, Grade PBU.
D. Hardboard Underlayment: AHA A135.4, Class 4(Service), Surface S 1 S; with back side
sanded.
E. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: DOC PS 1, A-D Interior, thiclrness as indicated but not less
than 1/2 inch.
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 2
�
�
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
F. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure l, C-D Plugged,
fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative
humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
C. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads
and reamer wings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set carpenhy to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
� carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring,
nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other
construction.
� B. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized
standards. �
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.
D. Wood Trim Installation: Install with minimum number of joints practicai, using full-]ength
pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Cope at returns and miter at corners to
produce tight-fitting joints. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints.
1. Match color and grain pattern across joints.
2. Instal] trim after gypsum board joint-finishing operations are completed.
3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining finish
carpenhy with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum
offset for reveal installation.
END OF SECTION 06105
� MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 3
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
,
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 06401 - EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
l.l SLJMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior standing and running trim.
2. Exterior ornamental work.
3. Exterior frames and jambs.
4. Shop priming of exterior architectural woodwork.
5. Shop finishing of exterior architectural woodwork.
12 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For wood-preservative materials and finishes indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale
details, attachment devices, and other components.
C. Samples: For lumber for exterior wood stain finish and lumber and panel products for shop-
applied opaque finish, for each finish system and color, with one-half of exposed surface
finished.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards."
1. Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials, Non-pressure Process: Treat woo�work items indicated
to receive water-repellent preservative treatment to comply with AWFA N1 using the following
� preservative:
1. Water-Repellent Preservative: Formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl buty]
carbamate (IPBC) complying with AWPA P8.as its active ingredient.
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06401 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Water-Repellent Preservative/Insecticide: Formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl
butyl carbamate (IPBC) as its active ingredient, combined with an insecticide containing
chlorpyrifos as its active ingredient, both complying with AWPA P8.
B. Nails: Aluminum, hot-dip galvanized, or stainless steel.
C. Screws: Aluminum, bronze, hot-dip galvanized, or stainless steel.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Wood Moisture Content: 7 to 12 percent.
B. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum
extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for
shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for
scribing, trimming, and fitting.
C. Woodwork for Opaque Finish:
1. Grade: Match existing
2. Wood Species: Match existing
D. Back-out or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members,
except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
E. Shop Priming: Shop prime woodwork for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified
in Division 9 Section "Painting."
f�
1. Back-priming: Apply _ one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with
concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces.
Shop Finishing: Comply with AWI Section 1500. To ��eatest extent possible, finish
architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup and cleaning until after
installation.
1. Grade: Match existing
2. Back-priming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with
concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces.
3. Finish System: Match existing
4. Sheen: Match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before
installation. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for
completion and complete work as required, including back-priming and removal of packing.
B. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified for type of woodwork involved.
C. Install woodwork true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims.
Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged
� finish at cuts.
�
�r
�
�
E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to
grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use
fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.
F. Complete the finishing work specified to extent not completed at shop or before installation of
woodwork. Fill nail and screw holes with matching filler where exposed.
G. Refer to Division 9 Sections for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork.
H. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to
restore damaged or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 06401
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK •
06401 - 3
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes interior woodwork including for the following applications:
1. Standing and running trim.
2. Flush wood paneling and wainscots.
3. Frames and jambs.
4. Shop finishing of woodwork.
B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips,
unless concealed within other construction before woodwark installation.
1.2
�
C
C.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
1. Finishing materials and processes.
Shop Drawings: Include location of each item, plans and elevations, large-scale details,
attachment devices, and other components.
Samples:
1. Lumber and panel products for transparent finish; for each species and cut, finished on
one side and one edge.
2. Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, for each finish system and
color, with exposed surface finished.
3. Solid-surfacing materials.
1.3 QUALITY ASSLJRANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork.
B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and
other requirements.
1. Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate indicating that woodwork
complies with requirements of grades specified.
C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with WIC's "Manual of Millwork" for
grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements.
INTERIOR ARCHTTECTURAL WOODWORK
06402 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � —" Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
l. Provide WIGcertified compliance certificate indicating that woodwork complies with
requirements of grades specified.
2. Provide WIGcertified compliance certificate for installation.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet
work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative
humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction
period.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
I1
C
C.
MATERIALS
Wood for Transparent Finish:
1. Species and Cut: Match existing.
Wood for Opaque Finish:
1. Species: Match existing.
Wood Products:
1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4.
2. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD.
3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.
4. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay.
5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1.
6. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Wilsonart International, Div. of Premark International, Inc.; Gibraltar.
22 INSTALLATION MATERIALS .
A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, fire-retardant-
treated, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site.
Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
1. Interior Woodwork Grade: Match existing.
1NTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 2
�
i
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� 2.4
�
�
�
CJ
�
�J
�
�
2.
3.
4.
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for
width_
Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat
members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation
require field assembly.
B. Flush Wood Paneling and Wainscots:
Lumber Trim and Edges: At fabricator's option, trim and edges indicated as solid wood
(except moldings) may be either lumber or veneered construction compatible with grain
and color of veneered panels.
C. Fire-Rated Interior Frames and Jambs: Products fabricated from fire-retardant particleboard or
fire-retardant medium-density fiberboard with veneered, exposed surfaces and listed and labeled
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings
indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
A
:
C.
v
1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.
2. Fire Rating: 20 minutes.
SHOP FINISHING
Finish architectural woodwork at � fatzrication shop. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and
polishing until after installation.
Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed
surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling.
Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system,
staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523:
1. Grade: Match existing.
2. AWI Finish System: Match existing.
3. WIC Finish System: Match existing.
4. Staining: Match existing.
5. Wash Coat for Stained Finish: Apply a vinyl wash coat to woodwork made from closed-
grain wood before staining and fnishing.
6. Open-Grain Woods: After staining (if any), apply paste wood filler to open-grain woods
and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood.
7. Sheen: Match existing.
Opaque Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system, color,
effect, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523.
1. Grade: Match existing.
2. AWI Finish System: Match existing.
3. WIC Finish System: Match existing.
4. Color: Match existing.
5. Sheen: Match existing.
1 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and
examine and complete wark as required, including removal of packing and backpriming before
installation.
s
C
�
E.
F
G
Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved.
Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade
specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved.
Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. Shim
as required with concealed shims.
Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged
finish at cuts.
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use
fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and
matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length
pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Fill gaps, if any,
between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood
base, if finished.
END OF SECTION 06402
IIvTTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 4 �
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07141 - COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
PART1-GENERAL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Fluid applied waterproofing system
2. Prefabricated drainage composite.
3. Protection board
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Subdrainage Systems" for related work.
2. Division 7 Section "Insulation" for below grade foundation wall insulation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating
substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties of waterproofing.
B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of waterproofing. Include details for substrate
joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining
waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
C. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that installers comply with
requirements.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install
manufacturer's products.
B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4
A.
:
STORAGE
Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location
and within the temperature range required by waterproofing manufacturer.
Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life. Protect
stored materials from direct sunlight.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
07141 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate
temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
damp or wet substrate, when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or when temperatures are
less than 5 deg F above dew point.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by waterproofing manufacturer and
Installer agreeing to repair or replace waterproofing that does not comply with requirements or
that does not remain watertight within specified warranty period.
l. Warranty Period: 5<five> years after date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Installer's Warranty: Written waterproofing Installer's warranty, signed by Installer,
covering Work of this Section, for warranty period of 2<two> years.
1. Warranty includes removing and reinstalling protection board, drainage panels, and
insulation.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
/_�
�
Mt1NLJFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Single-Component, Modified Polyurethane Waterproofing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
J�
l.
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; A-H Seamless Membrane.
Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW-525.
Cetco; LDC 60.
Karnak Corporation; One-Kote System.
Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 201.
Miradri, T. C.; Miraseal.
Neogard, Div. of Jones-Blair; Neogard 7403/7405.
Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Deck B.T.
Pecora Corporation; Duramem 500.
Sonneborne, Div, of ChemRex Inc.; HLM 5000.
Tremco; Tremproof 60.
United Coatings; Elastall 1000.
2. Two-Component, Modified Polyurethane Waterproofing:
a. Futura Coatings, Inc., Subsidiary of IPI International, Inc.; Futura-Flex 518.
b. Gaco Western Inc.; LM-60.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07141 - 2
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
O
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
' 2.2
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
c. Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 222.
3. Single-Component, Unmodified Polyurethane Waterproofing:
a. Neogard, Div. of Jones-Blair; Permagard 7410.
b. Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 101.
c. 3M Consh-uction Markets; Scotch Clad 5893/5864.
4. Two-Component, Unmodified Polyurethane Waterproofing:
a. Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW 703
Liquiseal.
b. Lymtal International, Inc.; Isoflex 550 SP.
c. Mameco International, Inc.; Vulkem 102.
d. Stellar-Mark; Pro-Deck 7524.
e. 3M Construction Markets; FC 100.
5. Two-Component, Unmodified Latex-Rubber Waterproofing:
a. Grace, W. R. & Co.; Procor.
WATERPROOFING MATERIALS
A. Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing: Comply with ASTM C 836.
B. Primer: Manufacturer's standard, factory-formulated polyurethane or epoxy primer.
C. Sheet Flashing: 50-mi1- minimum, nonstaining uncured sheet neoprene.
1. Adhesive: Manufacturer's recommended contact adhesive.
D. Reinforcing Sh-ip: Manufacturer's recommended fiberglass mesh or polyester fabric.
E. Joint Sealant: Multi-component polyurethane sealant, compatible with waterproofing,
complying with ASTM C 920 Type M, Class 25; Grade NS for sloping and vertical applications
or Grade P for deck applications; Use NT exposure; and as recommended by manufacturer for
substrate and joint conditions.
1. Backer Rod: Closed-cell polyethylene foam.
F. Protection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral-reinforced-asphaltic core, pressure
laminated between 2 asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and nominal thickness 1/8 inch.
23 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANELS
A. Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Comply with Division 2 Section "Subdrainage."
B. Nonwoven-Geotextile-Faced, Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Manufactured composite
subsurface drainage panels consisting of a nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile facing with an
apparent opening size not exceeding No. 70 sieve laminated to 1 side and a polymeric film
� COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07141 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / RF,MODEL Vail, Colorado
bonded to the other side of a 3-dimensional, no biodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet drainage
core, with a vertical flow rate of 9 to I S gpm per ft..
C. Woven-Geotextile-Faced, Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Manufactured composite subsurface
drainage panels consisting of a woven-geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not
exceeding No. 40 sieve laminated to 1 side of a 3-dimensional, non biodegradable, molded-
plastic-sheet drainage core, with a horizontal flow rate not less than 2.8 gpm per ft..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
f.
�
�
SURFACE PREPARATION
Clean and prepare substrate according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Provide
clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for waterproofing application.
]. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by
plastic sheet method according to AS'TM D 4263.
Close off deck drains and other deck penetrations to prevent spillage and migration of
waterproofing fluids.
Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other
penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.
Remove fins, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and other
voids.
�
�l
II
L�
E. Prepare vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminatians and penetrations through waterproofing !
and at expansion joints, drains, and sleeves according to ASTM C 898 and manufacturer's �
written instructions.
1. Apply a double thiclrness of waterproofing and embed a joint reinforcing strip in
preparation coat when recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. �
F. Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in substrate according . to ASTM C 898 and
waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks �
complying with ASTM D 4258 before coating surfaces.
G. Install sheet flashing and bond to deck and wall substrates where indicated or required �
according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Extend sheet flashings onto perpendicular surfaces and other work penetrating substrate
according to ASTM C 898.
32 WATERPROOFING APPLICATION
A. Apply waterproofing according to ASTM C 898 and manufacturer's written instructions.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07141 - 4
�
�
�
J
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� B.
1 3.3
,
�
i
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1. Apply one or more coats of waterproofing to obtain a seamless membrane free of
entrapped gases, with an average dry film thickness of 60 mils and a minimum dry film
thickness of 50 mils at any point.
Install protection course with butted joints over nominally cured membrane before starting
subsequent construction operations.
MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL 1NSTALLATION
A. Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels to substrate according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Use adhesives that do not penetrate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of
geotextile fabric to maintain continuity. Protect installed prefabricated drainage composite
during subsequent construction.
1. For vertical applications, install board insulation used as a protection course before
installing drainage panels.
� 3.4
I A.
�
�
�
'
�
'
�
�
11
CURING, PROTECTING, AND CLEANING
Cure waterproofing according to manufacturer's written recommendations, taking care to
prevent contamination and damage during application stages and curing.
1. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected membrane.
B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.
END OF SECTION 07141
� COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING - 07141 - 5
'
�
�
,
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PARTI-GENERAL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Insulation under slabs-on-grade.
2. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill).
3. Cavity wall insulation.
4. Concealed building insulation.
5. Exposed building insulation. ,
6. Loose-fill building insulation.
7. Vapor retarders.
1.2
A
B
C
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Product test reports.
Research/evaluation reports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per AST'M E 84
for surface-burning characteristics and] other methods indicated with product, by UL or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials
with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards nd, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from
manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
B. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type N, 1.601b/cu. ft., with maximum
flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively.
BUILDING INSULATION
07210 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colarado
C. Mineral-fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass:
22
A.
1. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-
spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for
combustion characteristics. Provide High Density — R 21 per 2003 IBC.
VAPOR RETARDERS
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of
0.13 perm.
B. Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an
inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less
than 25 lb/1000 sq. ft., with maximum permeance rating of 0.0507 perm.
C.
2.3
A.
B.
Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS
Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation
securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.
Protection Board: Premolded, semirigid asphaldfiber composition board, 1 r''4 inch thick,
formed under heat and pressure, of standard sizes.
C. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to
fit benveen roof framing members ar�d to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic
spaces and vented eaves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions
applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thiclrness indicated to
envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with
insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
B. Install perimeter insu:ation on vertical surfaces by setting units in adhesive.
1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulatian a minimum of 42 inches below exterior
grade Iine. .
2. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by
applying protection b�ard set in adhesive. �.
�
�
�
C. Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method �
indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is
BUILDING INSULATION � 07210 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide
permanent placement and support of units.
1. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive,
mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place.
Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant.
2. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.
a. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of
insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.
3. Install mineral-fber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the
following requirements:
a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members.
If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce
a snug fit between ends.
b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
4. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320
and as follows:
a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling
flanges to sides of framing members.
b. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of
adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is
in place.
5
�
Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type
insulation anchors as follows:
a. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive
according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions.
b. Apply insulation standoffs to each spindle to create cavity width indicated between
concrete substrate and insulation.
c. After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into
position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation-retaining
washers, taking care not to compress insulation beIow indicated thiclrness.
d. Where insulation will not be covered by other building materials, apply capped
washers to tips of spindles.
Stuff glass-fiber, loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where
shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a
density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft.
D. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected
� frorn vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as
indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including
tl�ose filled with loose-fiber insulation.
�
� BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
l. Seal vertica] joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall
studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of
wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches o.c.
2. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor-retarder tape according
to vapor-retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations
with vapor-retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid
substrates.
3. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as
recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer.
4. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating
vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating
objects and vapor retarder.
5. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other
work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
END OF SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 4
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07315 - SLATE ROOF TILES
PARTI-GENERAL
.
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Natural slate roofing shingles.
2. Tile accessories.
3. Felt underlayment.
4. Self-adhering sheet underlayment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Framing and Sheathing.
2. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal.
3. Section 08620 - Unit Skylights.
12
:
C.
D.
E.
F.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Details for specially configured metal flashing, jointing methods and locations
for flashing, and other roofing system details.
Samples: For each type of slate tile, slate tile accessory, and fastening.
Research/evaluation reports.
Maintenance data.
Installer's Qualifications: Installer's natural roofing slate project references; not fewer than four.
1.3 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide clay tiles and related roofing materials with the
fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test
method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable
testing and inspecting agency.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; UL 790 or ASTM E 108 for application and roof
slopes indicated.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
SLATE ROOF T�LES 07315 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
C.
�
�i
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
l. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by
Architect in writing.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SLATE TILES
A. Slate Shingles: Hard, dense, sound rock, with chamfered edges, punched or drilled for two nails
each. Slate shingles shall be punched or drilled back to front, and on the thinner end when there
is variation in thiclrness along the length of the shingle.
B. No slate shingles with broken corners shall be installed when either the base or leg of the right
triangle piece broken off is greater than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). No broken corners on covered
ends which sacrifice nailing strength or laying a watertight roof. Broken corners are acceptable
for cutting stock. Not more than 2 percent of broken slates, including those having cracks
materially precluding ringing when sounded, shall be accepted.
C. Slate shall be free of any visible inclusions of oxidizable iron pyrite.
D. Curvature or twist in slate shingles shall not exceed 1/8 inch in 12 inches (3 mm in 100 mm).
Curved slate shingles shall be trimmed and punched to permit them to be laid with convex side
up. Knots, Irnurls and cramps are acceptable on the exposed slate shingle face. Knots, Irnurls
and cramps on the back or covered.portion of slate shingles, which prevent close contact of slate
shingles or the laying of a watertight roof, will not be accepted.
E.
F.
2.2
A.
B.
C.
Slate shingies shall be trimmed with 90-degree square corners. Face dimensions of slate
shingles shall not differ from those specified by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm).
Size: 16 inches (406 mm) length by 14 inches (356 mm) width.
ACCESSORIES
Eave Closure: Manufacturer's standard stainless-steel eave closure formed to shape of slate.
Wood Nailers: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for
pressure-preservative-treated wood.
Ice Dam Protection Membrane: ASTM D 1970, self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane,
internal reinforcement, and back plastic release fiim.
D. Snow Guards: Fabricated from non-ferrous metal, designed to be installed without penetrating
slate shingles, and complete with predrilled holes or hooks for anchoring
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315 - 2
�J
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
2.3 FASTENERS
,
'
�
�
i
�
� 2.4
�
'
2.5
�
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Slating Nails for Non-Preservative Treated Plank or Plywood Deck and Nailers: Slater's copper
smooth shank nails, 0.120 inch (3 mm) or No. 11 gauge Stubs, not less than twice the nominal
slate thickness plus 1 inch (25.4 mm) in length, with 3/8 inch (9 mm) head. Point should
penetrate through underside of deck except where the underside of roof deck is exposed to view,
where shorter nails are acceptable. Nails 1/2 inch (13 mm) or longer than field slate nails far
slate hip and ridge installation.
:
C
�.�
E
G�
t
A.
' B
Wood Nailers and Cant Strips: Preservative-treated wood, as specified in Section 06100 -
Rough Carpentry, attached with Type 304 or 316 stainless steel nails.
Butyl Rubber Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release; polyisobutylene
plasticized; heavy bodied.
Polymer Sealant: ASTM C 920 silicone sealant of type, grade, class, and use classification
required to seal joints in slate-shingle roofing and remain watertight.
Plastic Cement: ASTM C 1085, one part non-sag polymerized butyl sealant.
UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
Felt Underlayment Attachment: Roofing asphalt ASTM D 312, Type III or N as recommended
by slate installer for application.
Ice Dam Protection Membrane: ASTM D 1970, self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane,
internal reinforcement, and back plastic release film.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
Form flashing to profiles indicated on drawings and as required to protect roofing materials
from physical damage and shed water.
Form sections square and accurate in profile, in maximum possible lengths, free from distortion
or defects detrimental to appearance or performance.
� PART 3 - EXECUTION
� 3.1 LTNDERLAYMENT 1NSTALLATION
� A. General: Install underlayments according to tile manufacturer's written recommendations and
recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.
� B. For roof slopes greater than 20 inches per foot (167 percent), install a minimum of one layer of
No. 26 asphalt-saturated felt with standard-sized slate, as long as the slate is laid with a 2 inch .
(50 mm) head lap.
�
� SLATE ROOF TILES • 07315 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODF,L Vail, Colorado
C. For roof slopes 8 inches per foot (67 percent) to 20 inches per foot (167 percent), install a
minimum of one layer of No.26 asphalt-saturated felt or one layer of No. 40 asphalt-saturated
and coated felt with standard-sized slate, as long as the slate is laid with a 3 inch (75 mm)
minimum head lap.
D. For roof slopes less than 8 inches per foot (67 percent) down to 4 inches per foot (33 percent),
install a minimum of two layers of No. 26 asphalt-saturated felt or one layer of No. 40 asphalt-
saturated and coated felt with standard-size slate, as long as the slate is laid with a 4 inch (100
mm) minimum head lap.
E. Install underlayment over entire deck surface. At hips, valleys, and ridges, install additional 36
inch (915 mm) width of underlayment, centered on the valley or ridge.
F. On overhanging eaves that require more than a single 36-inch (915 mm) width of underlayment,
overlap not less than 6 inches (150 mm), assuring that overlapped area is located on overhang,
outside wall line.
G. Ice Dam Protection:
1. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment wrinkle free. Apply from roof edge to a line that
when projected to the horizontal is not less than 24 inches (610 mm) inside of interior
wall line. Install lapped in direction to shed water. Lap sides not less than 3 1/2 inches
(89 mm). Lap ends not less than 6 inches (I50 mm), staggered 24 inches (600 mm)
between courses. Roll laps with roller. Proceed with installation only within the range of
ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer.
H. Sheet Metal Flashing: Install as indicated and in compliance with details and recommendations
as published in the North Country Slate: Slate Roofing-Installation Manual, Fifth Edition and
Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association: Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual.
I.
1.
��
�
Install flashing at all locations where roof intersects other roofs, sidewall or parapet
walls, chimneys, ventilators, and similar projections, and at gable edges. Ensure that
dissimilar sheet and fastener metals are galvanically separated.
Open Valley: Install minimum 20 inch (510 mm) wide open valley sheet metal flashing
over 36 inch (915 mm) wide underlayment, with field underlayment lapped over edges of
flashing not less than 4 inches (100 mm). Fasten metal with cleats. Overlap metal a
minimum of 8 inches (200 mm).
Closed Valley: Install closed valley metal flashing over 36-inch (915 mm) wide
underlayment by interweaving shingles with minimum 20-inch (510 mm) wide prepared
metal flashing sheets. Overlap metal a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm). Attach shingles
using copper wires to copper straps nailed beyond the top edge of the metal flashing.
��
�
��
O
�
Wood Nailer and Cant Strips: �
l. Cant Strip: Install 2 inch (50 mm) wide by 48 inch (t220 mm) long preservative treated
wood cant strips directly over underlayment at eaves, spacing 1 inch (25 mm) apart for �
drainage. Nominal thickness of cant strip shall be equal to the slate thiclrness specified.
Attach with Type 30� or 316 stain?ess steel nails.
2. Nailers: Install 2 inch (50 mm) wide by 48 inch (1220 mm) iong wood nailers as detailed �
at ridges and hips, directly over underlayment. Nominal thickness of ridge nailer shall Le
equal to two times the slate thickness specified. Nominal thiclrness of hip nailers shall be
three times the slate tltickness specified. Attach with hot-dip galvanized steel nails. �
Protect with additional layer of underlayment before installing hip and ridge ac�essory.
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315 - 4 �
�
,
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Nailers: Install 2 inch (50 mm) wide by 48 inch (1220 mm) long preservative treated
wood nailers as detailed at ridge and hips, directly over underlayment. Nominal thickness
of ridge nailer shall be equal to two times the slate thickness specified. Nominal
thiclrness of hip nailers shall be three times the slate thickness specified. Attach with
Type 304 or 316 stainless steel nails. Protect with additional layer of underlayment before
installing hip and ridge accessory.
J. Slate Grading:
1. Slate Grading: Do not sort slates according to thickness. Install slates randomly selected,
beginning at the eaves and progressing up the roof slope, creating a textured overall
appearance. Slate thickness variations preventing the laying of a weather tight roof will
not to be permitted. Blend slates from all crates/pallets together to achieve a uniform
color and texture to the roof.
' K. Head Lap:
1. Slate to be installed at special 4 inches (100 mm) headlap.
�
i
�
LJ
�
L. Shingles: Install as indicated and in compliance with details and recommendations as published
in the North Country Slate: Slate Roofing - Installation Manual, Fifth Edition.
1. Double shingles at eaves and cornice line. Beginning at eaves, project shingle 2 inches
(50 mm) beyond perimeter with no gutters or troughs, or 1 inch (25 mm) with gutters or
troughs. Lay shingles in horizontal courses. Provide at least the specified head lap
between succeeding courses of shingles and stagger joints between courses a minimum of
3 inches (75 mm). Provide 1 inch (25 mm) to 2 inches (50 mm) projection of shingles at
gable and rake edges.
2. Joint Spacing: Slate shingles in each course to be installed with no joint spacing (butted
together).
3. Cut and fit shingles neatly around vents, pipes, ventilators, and other roof projections.
4. Slate shingles overlapping sheet metal shall have nails placed so as to avoid penetrating
the sheet metal.
5. Nail slate shingles so nail heads touch shingle lightly, without producing strain on the
slate.
M. Hips:
, 1.
�
�
Install slate shingles at hips in mitered pattern. Lay hip shingles in plastic cement spread
generously over unexposed portions of lower courses and nail in p]ace. Only where heads
of nails are exposed, cover with plastic cement.
N. Ridges: ,.
1. Install slate shingles at ridges in pattern as indicated on drawings and nail in place. Only
where nail heads are exposed, cover with plastic cement.
2. Install approved metal ridge caps as per manufacturers installation instructions.
' O. Snow Guard Installation: Install snow guards
manufacturers written installation instructions.
half this dimension between succeeding rows.
�
��
in rows at locations indicated according to
Space snow guards in each row, offsetting by
P. Adjusting and Clean Up:
1. Remove and replace damaged or broken slates using slate repair hooks or nail and bib
repair procedure where standard nailing is not possible.
2. Remove excess materials and debris from the Project site.
1 SLATE ROOF TILES 07315 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
32 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in
Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
l. Install metal flashings according to tile manufacturer's written recommendations and
recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
END OF SECTION 07315
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315 - 6
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07315.5 — SYNTHETIC SLATE ROOF TILES
PART1-GENERAL
.
l.l SIJMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Synthetic shake shingles
2. Underlayment.
3. Flashings.
4. Fasteners.
5. Other required accessories.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Framing and Sheathing.
2. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal.
1.2
:
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Illustrating shingle layout, method of attachment, flashings, trim, conditions at
eaves, intersections with adjacent materials, and other installation details.
Samples: For each type of synthetic shake shingles illustrating color range and surface textures.
Installation instructions.
Maintenance data.
Installer's Qualifications: Installer's natural roofing slate project references; not fewer than four.
Copies of warranties.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specifying in manufacturer of synthetic shake shingles.
B. Installer: Company specializing in installing shingle roof systems with 3 years minimum
experience.
C. Reinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315.5 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
AllDI'TION / REMODEL
1.4 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDELING
�
�
�i
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
A. Ship in bundles of 25 shingles. Collate shingles in sequence of widths and colors as required
for selected color blend. Bundles should be assembled such that sorting at job site is not
required.
:
C
0
Deliver shingles to site in manufactures unopened labeled bundles. Promptly verify quanties
and condition. Immediately remove damaged products from site.
Store products in protected environment, clear of ground and moisture, and protected from
traffic and construction activities. Store shingles flat. Do not store on site for prolonged period.
Store products at temperature between 45 and 80 degrees F. If exposed to temperatures below
45 degrees F, restore temperature to 45 degrees F before using.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SLATE TILES
A.
�
Lightweight, synthetic shake shingles with appearance, color, texture, and thiclrness of natural
slate shakes.
Material: Engineered polymer formulated from 100 percent virgin plastic resins. To ensure
high quality and consistency of raw materials, use of recycled materials is not acceptable.
C. Attributes:
1. Fire resistance when installed over one ply No. 30 asphalt saturated felt: Class A tested in
accordance with ASTM E108/UL 790.
2. Water absorption: 0.18 percent by weight tested in accordance with AST`M D471.
3. Impact resistance: Class 4 to withstand two drops of 2 inches diameter, 1.2 pounds steel
ball dropped from 20 feet tested in accordance with UL2218.
4. Nail pull through resistance: 138 foot pounds at 72 degree F and 166 foot pounds at 32
degrees F tested in accordance with ASTM D3462.
5. Freeze-thaw resistance: No crazing, cracking, delamination of coating, or other
deleterious surface changes after one month exposure with temperature cycled from -40
to + 180 degrees F in 22 hours tested in accordance with International Code Council
(ICC) — ES Acceptance Criteria AC07 Section 4.9.
6. Accelerated weathering: No color change after 2,500 hours exposure to ultraviolet (UV)
radiation, elevated temperature, moisture, and thermal shock.
7. Fungus resistance: No algae growth when inoculated with blue green algae in warm,
damp environment for 4 to 6 weeks tested in accordance with ASTM G21.
8. Install weight:
a. At 9 inches exposure: 330 pounds per square.
b. At 10 inches exposure: 293 pounds per square.
D. Profile: Rectangular shape with exposure to view upper surface and edges textured to resemble
natural slate shake. Underside formed with reinforcing ribs for added strength and stability.
E. Sizes:
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315.5 - 2
�
�
��_
❑
�L
,
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Thickness: Varies from '/4 inch at top to 5/8 inch at bottom.
2. Length: 22 inches.
3. Variable widths: 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 inches to create appearance of random sized natural
slate shake.
1 F. Starter Strip: Provide 40 inches long by 12 inches wide.
'
�
�
2.2
,
'
��
�
'
�
i
�
�
�
G. Markings: Form shingles with markings on upper surface to indicate nailing locations and
provide alignment guide for different exposure lengths.
H. Color: Provide shingles in multiple colors comparable to natural slate shakes. Provide internal
stabilizer and topical inhibitor to provide durable colorfast finish.
I.
A.
Shingle pattern: Provide shingles factory blended in multiple colors and widths to create
installed appearance [as selected by Architect from manufactures full range of blends.]
ACCESSORIES
Underlayment: ASTM D226 No. 30 un-perforated asphalt saturated felt.
B. Waterproofing sheet membrane: [As specified in section 07141 — Cold Applied
Waterproofing.)
1. Thickness: 40 mils.
2. Low Temperature flexibility: Unaffected at minus 32 degrees F.
3. Minus tensile strength: 250 PSI.
4. Minimal elongation: 250 percent.
5. Permeance: 0.05 perm maximum.
C. Flashing: Fabricate from 16 ounces copper sheet to profiles and dimensions indicated on
drawings and approved shop drawings and in accordance with general requirements specified in
by roofing manufacturer.
1. Linear components: Form in longest possible lengths with 8 feet as a minimurr�.
2. Counterflasings: Ext�nd 4 inches minimum width and extending 4 inches minimum
under shingles.
3. Valley flashings: 24 inches minimum width and extending I1 inches minimum from
valley center line.
4. Fabricate eave flashings with bottom edge formed outward '/< inch and hemmed to form
drip.
� D. Fasteners: Copper 3/8 inch flat head nails 1-1/2 inch long.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
'
3.1
'
'
PREPARATION
A. Coordinate synthetic shake installation with provision of gutters and downspouts specified in
Section 07600 — Flashing and Sheet Metal.
� SLATE ROOF TILES � 07315.5 - 3
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
B. Inspect roof framing and solid wood deck substrate. Verify roof is complete, rigid, braced, and
deck members are securely fastened. Ensure proper ventilation has been provided for roof
space. Do not proceed with roofing until deficiencies are addressed.
C.
D.
3.2
A.
B.
Verify roof deck is clean, dry, and ready to receive synthetic slate shingles.
Remove dirt, loose fasteners, and other protrusions from roof surface.
UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
At eaves, valleys, gable ends, and other areas where ice buildup is possible, install 24 inches
minimum width waterproof sheet membrane
Install one ply felt over full roof area, with ends weather lapped 4 inches minimum. Nail in
place with roofing nails spaced in accordance with manufacture's recommendations.
C. Install waterproof sheet membrane over full roof area. Apply underlayment membrane in fair
weather at temperatures of 40 degrees F or higher. Adhere and attach as recommended by
manufacturer of underlayment.
D. Start underlayment installation at lower edge of roof. Install perpendicular to roof slope with 4
inches minimum side laps and 6 inches minimum end laps. Extend underlayment 4 inches up
vertical wal] intersections.
E. Do not leave underlayment membrane exposed for lengthy period of time. Exercise care not to
puncture or tear underlayment barrier with subsequent roofing operations.
3.3 FLASHING iNSTALLATION
A. Install overhanging drip edge on eaves and gable ends and metal flashings in valleys, ridges,
hips, roof curbs, penetrations, and intersections with vertical surfaces in accordance with section
07600 — Flashing and Sheet Metal and as detailed on Drawings and approved shop drawings.
3.4
B. Weather lap joints 2 inches minimum and seal with sealant as recommended by Roofing
Manufacturer. .
C. Secure in place with clips, nai�s, or other fasteners.
A
i
SHINGLE INSTALLATION
Install synthetic slate shingles in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved
shop drawings.
Accurately layout shingles. Ensure that edges are parallel and perpendicular to roof eaves.
C. Cutting: Layout work to avoid cutting shingles.
1. At gables and vertical intersections, vary combination of shingle widths and spacing to
avoid cutting.
2. If cutting is required, place shingle such that cut edge is not exposed.
�
�
�
�_�
�
SLATE ROOF TILES 07315.5 - 4 �
'
'
'
�
i
'
1
'
�
'
,
'
�
�
�
'
'
�
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • �
Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3. Use circular saw or straight edge and utility ]rnife if cuts are necessary.
D. Install shingles in sequence as removed from factory assembled bundles.
3.5
A
B.
C.
D.
3.6
A.
B.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROLL
Inspect shingles as they are installed. Do not install cracked, broken, twisted, curled, or
otherwise damaged shingles.
As work progressed, exercise care not to scratch or mar installed shingles. Shingles damaged
during installation shall be immediately removed and discarded.
After approximately 200 shingles have been installed, inspect roof from ground. Verify proper
layout and appearance. Repeat inspection every 200 shingles.
Visually inspect complete installation to ensure that it is weather tight.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Remove excess materials and debris from finished surfaces and adjacent roof areas.
Do not allow work force on completed roof.
END OF SECTION 07315.5
SI.ATE ROOF TILES
07315.5 - 5
'
,
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
�
'
�
'
�
,
'
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07317 - WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SLTMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Wood shake roofing.
2. Self-adhering sheet underlayment.
3. Ridge vents.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Samples: For each type of wood shake, hip and ridge unit, and, ridge vent indicated.
Research/evaluation reports.
Maintenance data.
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Grading Agency Qualifications: An independent testing and inspecting agency recognized by
authorities having jurisdiction as qua3ified to label wood shakes for compliance with referenced
grading rules.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wood shakes and related roofing materials with the
fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as detennined by testing identical products per test
method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable
testing and inspecting agency.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class B; UL 790 or ASTM E 108 with ASTM D 2898, for
application and roof slopes indicated.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ROOF SHAKES
A. Cedar Roof Shakes: Match existing.
1. Grading Standard: CSSB's "Grading Rules for Certi-Split Handsplit and Resawn
Shakes."
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES
07317 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Grade: Match existing.
3. Length: Match existing.
4. Thickness: Match existing.
B. Ridge and Hip Units: Site-fabricated units of same grade as shake, width to match existing;
beveled, alternately overlapped, and nailed.
1. Type: Match existing.
2. Length: Match existing.
3. Thickness: Match existing.
2.2 WOOD TREATMENTS
A. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Exterior type, pressure-treated units.
B. Preservative Treatment: AWPA C34, chromated copper arsenate pressure-treated units,
minimum 0.401b/cu. ft.
23 LJNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Roof Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II, 30 # asphalt-saturated organic felt,
unperforated.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Polyethylene Faced: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40 mils
(1.0 mm) thick; slip-resisting, polyethylene-film-reinforced top surface laminated to SBS-
modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied
1. Available Products:
a. Grace, W. R. & Co.; Grace Ice and Water Shield.
b. Use High temperature underlayment beneath copper roofing.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.
B. Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667; hot-dip galvanized steel wire nails, sharp-pointed, box type, and
of sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 3/4 inch into sheathing.
C. Felt Underlayment Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized steel wire nails with
low-profile capped heads or disc caps, 1-inch minimum diameter.
2.5 METAL FLAS�iING AND TRIM
A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing . and trim to coinply wi±h recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other
characteristics of item.
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 07317 - 2
'
�
'
'
,
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1. Apron Flashings: Fabricate with lower flange extending a minimum of 6 inches over and
beyond each side of downslope tile roofing and 6 inches up the vertical surface.
2. Step Flashings: Fabricate with a 3-inch (75-mm) headlap extending a minimum of 5
inches over the underlying tile roofing and 5 inches up the vertical surface.
3. Channel Flashings: Fabricate with vertical surface extending a minimum of 4 inches
above the tile and 6 inches beneath the tile roofing and with a 1-inch high vertical return
to form a runoff channel.
4. Rake Pan Flashings: Fabricate with vertical surface extending over fasciae and 6 inches
beneath the tile roofing, with a 1-inch high vertical return to form a runoff channel.
5. Valley Flashings: Match Existing and Fabricate in lengths not exceeding 10 feet, with 1-
inch high, inverted-V profile at center of valley and with equal flange widths of 12
inches.
6• Drip Edges: Fabricate in lengths not exceeding 10 feet,
1-1/2-inch fascia flange with 3/8-inch drip at lower edge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
' 3.1 ROOF LTNDERLA
YMENT INSTALLATION
,
,
'
'
' 32
with 2-inch roof-deck flange and
A. Single-Layer Roof Felt Underlayment: Install single layer of roof felt underlayment on roof
deck perpendicular to roof slope in parallel courses. Lap sides a minimum of 2 inches over
underlying course. Lap ends a minimum of 4 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding
courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with felt underlayment nails.
Install felt underlayment on roof deck over self-adhering sheet underlayment.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on
roof deck. Comply with low-temperature installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer
if applicable. Install at locations indicated, lapped in direction to shed water. Lap sides not less
than 3-1/2 inches. Lap ends not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Roll
laps with roller. Cover underlayment within seven days.
� A
� 3.3
METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION
General: Install metal flashings according to wood roofing recommendations in NRCA's "The
NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
ROOF SHAKE INSTALLATION
A. Install wood shake roofing according to manufacturer's written instructions, recommendations
, in CSSB's "Design and Application Manual for New Roof Construction," and recommendations
in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
,
'
Install 18-inch-wide strip of roof felt interlayment over top portion of first and each
succeeding course. Set bottom edge of roof feli interlayment at a distance of twice the
weather-exposure dimension above the shake butt. Stagger fasten to roof deck with felt
underlayment nails
' WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 07317 - 3
'�/
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Maintain weather exposure to match existing.
B. Ridge Vents: Install continuous ridge vents over wood shakes according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Fasten with roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.
C. Ridge and Hip Units: Install units over wood shakes h-immed at apex. Maintain same exposure
dimension of units as roof shake exposure. Lap units at ridges to shed water away from
direction of prevailing winds. Alternate overlaps of units and fasten with concealed roofing
nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.
END OF SECTION 07317
WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES � 07317 - 4
'
,
'
'
�
'
r
�
,
'
'
'
'
'
�
'
,
,
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 07610 - SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
l.l SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following on-site, roll-formed sheet metal roofing:
1. Standing-seam metal roofing.
B. See Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting sheet metal roofing.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Capable of producing sheet metal roofing assemblies that comply with
UL 580 for Class 90 wind-uplift resistance.
1. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of sheet metal
roofing work.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of underlayment product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal roofing, including plans, elevations, and keyed
references to termination points.
l. Include details for forming, joining, and securing sheet metal roofing, including pattern
of seams, termination points, expansion joints, roof penetrations, edge conditions, special
conditions, connections to adjoining work, and accessory items.
C. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating sheet metal roofing installation with
penetrations and roof-mounted items.
D. Samples: For each exposed finish.
E. Roll-Forming Equipment Certificate: Issued by UL.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of sheet metal roofing.
B. Roll-Formed Sheet Metal Roofing Fabricator Qualifications: An authorized representative of
roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacturer for fabrication and installation of units required
for this Project.
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
C. Sheet Metal Roo�ng Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
D. Copper Roofing Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform
to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Specified form in which Roofing Installer agrees to repair or
replace components of custom-fabricated sheet metal roofing that fail in materials ar
workmanship within two years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ROOFING SHEET METALS
A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold-rolled copper sheet, H00 temper, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Available Manufacturers:
�
a. Hussey Copper Ltd.
b. Outokumpu American Brass.
c. Revere Copper Products, Inc.
Weight (Thiclmess): 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm) minimum, match existing roofing unless
otherwise indicated.
2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Self-Adhering, Polyethylene-Faced Sheet: ASTM D 1970, 40 mils thick minimum, consisting
of slip-res:sting polyethylene-flm reinforcing and top surface laminated to SBS-modified
asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Apply high temperature ice and
water shield beneath copper roofed areas.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
G1_
:
Wood Battens: Lumber complying with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry"
and treated with Exterior-type fire retardant.
Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners
designed to withstand design loads. �
1. Nails for Copper Roofing: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch minimum and not less
than 7/8 inch long, barbed with large head.
SHEET METAL ROOFING � 07610 - 2
'
'
'
'
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • •
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal roofing by means of plastic
caps or factory-applied coating.
3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer
head.
4. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
' 2.4
�
,
r
�J
�
C
I�]
E
Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape
with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.
Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, of base polymer, type, grade, class, and use
classifications required to produce joints in sheet metal roofing that will remain weathertight.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry
film thiclrness per coat.
ACCESSORIES
A. Sheet Metal Roofing Accessories: Provide components required for a complete sheet metal
roofing assembly including fim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings,
sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of sheet
metal roofing, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to withstand
negative-load requirements.
2. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from the following material:
a. Copper Roofing: 16-oz./sq. ft. thick copper sheet.
B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from copper, 16 ozJsq ft thick. Provide flashing and trim as
required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are
not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish
flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent sheet metal roofing.
' C. Gutters: Concealed type as indicated in the details. Formed from copper, 16 oz/sq ft thick.
Fabricate in minimum 96-inch long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural
Sheet Metal Manual." Provide copper wire ball strainers at outlets.
' D
' 2.5
' A.
' 2.6
Downspouts: Formed from copper, 16o7Jsq ft thick; in 10-foot long sections, complete with
formed copper elbows and offsets. �
EQUIPMENT
Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: Manufacturer's standard UL-certified equipment capable of
forming sheet metal roofing in profiles indicated.
FABRICATION
' A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal roofing to comply with details shown and
recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design,
' SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 3
FELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
:.
�
Proj ect No. OS 1677
Vail, Colorado �
dimensions (pan width and seam height), geometry, metal thiclrness, and other characteristics of
installation indicated. Fabricate sheet metal roofing and accessories at the shop to greatest
extent possible.
1. Standing-Seam Roofing: Form standing-seam pans with finished seam height of 1 inch.
General: Fabricate roll-formed sheet metal roofing panels to comply with details shown and
roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Fabricate sheet metal roofing to allow for expansion in running work sufficient to prevent
leakage, damage, and deterioration of the Work. Form exposed sheet metal work to fit
substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels
indicated, and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
1. Lay out sheet metal roofing so cross seams, when required, are made in direction of flow
with higher pans overlapping lower pans. Stagger cross seams.
2. Fold and cleat eaves and transverse seams in the shop.
3. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments, integral
flashings, and other components of inetal roofing to profiles, patterns, and drainage
arrangements shown and as required for leakproof construction.
D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other, protect against galvanic
action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt
underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturers of dissimilar metals or by fabricator.
E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Custom fabricate flashings and trim to comply with recommendations '
in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and �
other characteristics of item indicated. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop
fabrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
B.
3.2
PREPARATION
Lay out and nail wood battens to wood sheathing before installation of sheet metal roofing
Space fasteners as required to resist design uplift, but not more than 18 inches o.c.
Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install high temperature self-adhering sheet underlayment,
wrinkle free, on roof sheathing under sheet metal roofing. Comply with temperature restrictions ,
of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather ±han nails for installing
underlayment at low temperatures. Apply over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water,
�
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 4 �
'
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE • �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges
not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.
B. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing sheet metal roofing.
I3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
' A. General: Install sheet metal roofing perpendicular to purlins or supports. Anchor sheet metal
roofing and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and
structural movement. Install fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators,
, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system and as
recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roofing.
'
�
�
'
'
'
,
3.4
'
'
'
'
.
.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Field cutting of sheet metal roofing by torch is not permitted.
Rigidly fasten eave end of sheet metal roofing and allow ridge end free movement due to
thern�al expansion and contraction. Predrill roofing.
Provide metal closures at rake edges and rake walls.
Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter
of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.
Locate roofing splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger roofing
splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.
Lap metal flashing over sheet metal roofing to allow moisture to run over and off the
material.
Fasteners: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners of sizes that will not penetrate completely
through substrate.
C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by
applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent
separation as recommended by fabricator of sheet metal roofing or manufacturers of dissimilar
metals.
D. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to
minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight
installation.
CUSTOM-FABRICATED SHEET METAL ROOFING INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate and install work with lines and corners of exposed units true and accurate. Form
exposed faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks, considering
temper and reflectivity of inetal. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of
solder, welds, and sealant. Fold back sheet metal to form a hem on concealed side of exposed
edges, unless otherwise indicated.
Install cleats to hold sheet metal panels in position. Attach each cleat with two fasteners
to prevent rotation.
' SHEET METAL ROOFING • 07610 - 5
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado �
B. Seal joints as shown and as required for leakproof construction. Provide low-slope transverse
seams using cleats where backup of moisture may occur. �
C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges
of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches, except where pretinned surface would show
in finished Work.
Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into
joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
D. Standing-Seam Roofing: Attach standing-seam metal pans to substrate with cleats, double-
nailed at 12 inches o.c. Install pans reaching from eave to ridge before moving to adjacent pans.
Lock each pan to pan below with transverse seam. Before pans are locked, apply continuous
bead of sealant to top flange of lower pan. Crimp standing seams by folding over twice so cleat
and pan edges are completely engaged.
3.5 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and
provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
1. Install components required for a complete sheet metal roofing assembly including trim,
copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips,
and similar items.
2. Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions,
and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints,
and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
3. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. .
4. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as sheet metal roofing is �
installed. On completion of sheet metal roofing installation, clean finished surfaces, including .
removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a �
clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION 07610
�
,
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 6 �
Copyright 2000 AIA � MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM•
SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Manufactured reglets.
2. Formed roof drainage system.
3. Formed steep-slope roof flashing and trim.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
1.3
A.
B.
C.
11 /00
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening,
joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim.
Samples: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are
indicated. �
Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for
fabrication and installation.
1. Build mockup of typical roof eave including gutter, fascia, fascia trim, apron, flashing
approximately 48 inches ( I 2U0 mm.) long, including supporting construction cleats,
seams, attachments, underla}Fment, and accessories.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 1
Co i ht 2000 AIA � MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM �"
PYr g
2.2
2.3
11 /00
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
SHEET METALS
A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold-rolled copper sheet.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
�
'J
�
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, �
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing
and tnm mstallation.
B. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt,
nonperforated.
1. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized paper, minimum 3 lbi 100 sq. ft. (0.161:g/sq. m).
C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and
bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design ]oads.
l.
2.
3.
4.
Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch (2•8 mm) minimum and
not less than 7/8 inch (22 irun) long, barbed with large head.
Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or
factory=applied coating.
Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with
hex washer head. .
Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
D. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape
with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.
E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane or silicone polymer sealant as �
recommended by roofing manufacturer; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to
seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.
F
C!�
Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant,
polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound.
H. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil
(0.=�-nun) dry film thiclrness per coat. ��
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2
�
�
�
�
� i
Copyright 2000 AIA
'
2.4
,
�
REGLETS
MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM•
11 /00
A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of
separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory-
mitered and welded corners and junctions.
l. Manufacturers:
� a. Cheney Flashing Company, Inc.
b. Fry Reglet Corporation.
c. Heckmann Building Products Inc.
� d. Hickman, W. P. Company.
e. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc.
f. Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc.
�
2. Material: Copper, 16 oz..•'sq. ft. (0.55 mm th:ick}.
� 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in
� SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and
other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field
measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
�
�
�
�
�.
C�7
Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks
and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams
and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength.
2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-
lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.
D. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work cannot
� be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch �25 mm)
deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.
� E
F
�
� � 2.6
Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal
flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated.
Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or
from compatible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of inetal being secured.
ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes,
� and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (?4�U-mm-) long sections.
Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of
, SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Q7620 - 3
Copyright 2000 AIA � MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM �
2.7
L.�
/:1
I:�
�
11 /00
size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate
expansion joints, expansion joint covers, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters.
1. Accessones: Continuous removable leaf screen with sheet metal frame and hardware
cloth screen Bronze wire ball downspout strainer.
2. Fabricate from the following material:
a. Copper: 16 oz.isc�. ft. (O.aS mm thick}.
Downspouts: Fabricate round downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal
hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
1. Manufactured Hanger Style: Match style of adjacent (duplex/primary) unit.
2. Fabricate downspouts from the following material:
a. Copper: lb oz.%sq. f�. (0.5� mm thick).
STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Apron, Step, Cricket, and Backer Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft (0.�5 mm thick).
Valley Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Copper: 1 fi oz.lsq. f�. (0.5� mm thick).
C. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Copper: 1G oz.�'sq. ft. (Q.�S mm thick).
D. Eave, Rake, Ridge, and Hip Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Copper: 16 oz.isq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in
place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding
rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to
complete sheet metal flashing and h-im system.
1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals.
-�
;:
I!
�
,�
�I
��i
�
�
�
O
�
O
�
�
�
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM � 07620 - 4 �
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
J
�
Copyright 2000 AIA � MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM•
11 /00
C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks.
0
E.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to ]ine and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat
seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.
Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.
Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two
fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of 1 U feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600
mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be
used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked
flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within
joints.
L
H
Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1i4 inches (�2 mm)
for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws.
1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners.
3. Copper: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners.
4. Stainless Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners. ..
Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction.
I. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges
of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1�'2 inches (38 m:m) except where pretinned surface
would show in finished Work.
� 32 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system
� according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof
perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system.
�
'
B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed
with elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to
firmly anchored gutter brackets or straps, to match adjacent unit, spaced not more than 36
inches (900 nun) apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to
downspouts.
1. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceedir,g 50 feet (15.2�
� m) apart. Install exparision joint caps.
2. Install continuous gutter .screens on gutters with nonconosive fasteners, removable for
cleaning gutters.
,
' • SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 5
Copyright 2000 AIA � MASTERSPEC - SHORT FORM �
3.3
11 /00
C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1r2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners
designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch (2� mm} away from walls; locate fasteners at top
and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (l �00 mm? o.c. in between.
ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements
and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams
that will be permanently watertight.
:
C
Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations
in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to substrate
at 16-inch (4O0-mm) centers.
Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG
Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49.
1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at
16-inch (400-mm) centers.
2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 18-inch (450arim)
centers.
D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing.
Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a
waterproof manner. Extend counterflashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap
counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches (l00 mm} and bed with elastomeric sealant.
E.
3.4
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation
of roofing and other items penetrating roo£ Install flashing as follows:
l. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with
flashing.
2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead
flashing on vent piping.
WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall
flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.
L_ J
�
�
�
�J'
�
�
B. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar
flashings to extend 4 inches (l OO mm) beyond wall openings. �
END OF SECTION 07620
�
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 6 � '
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
i
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
l.l SUMMARY
A. This Section includes interior stile and rail wood doors.
B. See Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for wood door frames.
1.2
:
C�
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of door indicated.
Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; fire ratings; construction details
for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); mortises, holes, and cutouts; and other pertinent
data.
Samples: For each face material and finish.
1.3 QUALITY ASSUR.ANCE
A. NWWDA Quality Standard: NWWDA I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Stile and Rail Doors."
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF STOCK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
A. Interior Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Design and Construction:
1. Transparent Finish Doors:
a. NWWDA Grade: Match existing.
b. Wood Species and Cut: Match existing.
c. NWWDA Design Group: Match existing.
1) Panel Design: Match existing
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors for site fitting.
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS • 08212 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
B. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of
referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.
C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
D. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate panels matching adjoining doors in materials, finish, and
quality of construction.
2.3 SHOP PRIMING
A. Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edges of doors with stain (if required), other required
pretreatments, and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
I1
.
C.
1NSTALLATION
Install wood doors to comply with referenced quality standard and manufacturer's written
instructions.
1. Fire-Rated Doors: Install in corresponding fire-rated frames, of interior garage door,
according to NFPA 80.
Field Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels indicated; do
not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated
doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
1. Clearances:
a. At Heads, Jambs and Between Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch.
b. Bottom of Door to Top of Floor Finish or Covering: 1/8 inch.
c. Bottom of Door to Top of Threshold: 1/4 inch.
d. Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80. .
e. Fire-Rated Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to
extent permitted by labeling agency.
Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
END OF SECTION 08212
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 - 2
�
�
,
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 08550 - WOOD WINDOWS
PART1-GENERAL
l.l SUMMARY
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. This Section includes the following unfinished wood-framed window product types:
1. Casement windows.
2. Fixed windows.
12 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide wood windows capable of complying with performance requirements
� indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified
and that are of minimum test size required by AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.
�
�
'
�
�
�
�
1.3
B. AAMA/NWWDA Performance Requirements: Provide wood windows of the performance
class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2.
1. Performance Class: R.
2. Performance Grade: 15.
3. Exception to E1AMt�JNWWDA 101/I.S.2: In addition to requirements for performance
class and performance grade, design glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of
glass edges to less than 1/175 of glass-edge length or 3/4 inch, whichever is less, at
design pressure based on testing performed according to AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2,
Uniform Load Deflection Test or structural computations.
C. Thermal Transmittance: Provide wood windo�vs with a whole-window U-value maximum of
.30 at 15-mph exterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according
to NFRC 100.
D. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient: Provide wood windows with a whole-window SHGC maximum
of .40, determiried according to NFRC 200 procedures.
E. Specific Product Performance Requirements: Comply with Section 2.2 of
AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 as applicable to types of wood windows indicated.
SUBMITTALS
� A. Product Data: For each type of wood window indicated.
�
'
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other
Work, and operational clearances.
1. Include structural analysis data indicating deflection limitations of glass framing systems,
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
' WOOD WINDOWS 08550 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
D. Product test reports.
E. Maintenance data.
1.4
1.5
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products.
B. Fenestration Standard: Comply with AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S2, "Voluntary Specifications
for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of
performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
C. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and
GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
I1
.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace wood windows that fail in materials and workmanship within five years from date of
Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Glass: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFAC'I'URERS
A. Manufacturers: Provide wood windows and doors from same manufacturer as existing in-place
windows. No substitutions will be considered unless the product is no longer manufactured.
2.2
A
i
MATERIALS, GENERAL
Aluminum Extrusions and Rolled Aluminum for Cladding, Baked-Enamel Finish:
Manufacturer's standard baked enamel complying with AAMA 2603.
1. Color and gloss: Match existing.
Wood Trim and Glazing Stops: l�laterial and finish to match existing.
WOOD WiNDOWS 08550 - 2
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
i
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
2.3 GLAZING
A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Match existing.
2.4 1NSECT SCREENS
A. General: Match existing.
2.5
r:�
.
�
D
E.
�
r Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate wood windows, in sizes indicated, that comply with
AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 for performance class and performance grade indicated. Include a
complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows.
Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing.
Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and
ventilator, unless otherwise indicated.
Factory machine windows for openings and hardware that is not swface applied.
Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with
anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances
and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections,
as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of
window units.
Glazing Stops: Provide nailed or snap-on glazing stops coordinated with Division 8 Section
"Glazing" and glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator
frames.
2.6 WOOD FINISHES
A. Factory-Finished Windows: Match existing.
1. Color: Match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal
movement, anchored securety in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall
flashing and other adjacent construction.
B. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction.
WOOD WINDOWS 08550 - 3
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
C. Meta] Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion
or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements
specified in "Dissimilar Matenals" Paragraph in Appendix B in AAMAJNWWDA 101/I.S2.
D. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at
contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate
hardware and moving parts.
E. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from
construction operations. In addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to and below exterior
concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits,
stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove
contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
F. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective
coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
G. Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's
written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels
and clean surfaces.
H. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during
construction period.
END OF SECTION 08550
�
��
�
�
�
��
��
C�'
�
�
�
WOOD WINDOWS � 08550 - 4 �
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 08620 - LTNIT SKYLIGHTS
PART1-GENERAL
l.l StTMMARY
A. Section Includes:
l. Unit skylights mounted on site-built curbs.
e
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. AAMA/WDMA Performance Requirements: Provide unit skylights of performance class and
grade indicated that comply with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS.
1. Performance Class and Grade: SKG-RIS/15-1200x1200.
B. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistance Performance: Provide unit skylights that pass missile-
impact and cyclic-pressure tests when tested according to ASTM E 1886 and testing
information in ASTM E 1996.
1. Large-Missile Impact: For unit skylights located within 30 feet of grade.
1.3 SUBMITTALS �
A. Product Data: For each type of unit skylight indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For unit skylight work. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
connections to supporting structure and other adjoining work.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in a representative section
of each unit skylight in manufacturer's standard size.
D. Product Schedule: For unit skylights.
E. Qualification data.
F. Product test reports. �
G. Field quality-control reports.
H. Maintenance data.
I. Sample warranty.
LJNIT SKYLIGHTS 08620 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating unit skylights that meet ar
exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion
in lists and by labels, test reports, and calculations.
B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to unit skylight manufacturer for installation of
units required for this Project.
C. Unit Skylight Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S2/NAFS, "North American
Fenestration Standard Voluntary Performance Specification for Windows, Skylights and Glass
Doors," for minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and
fabrication. Comply with more stringent requirements if indicated.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which �manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of unit skylights that fai] in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Provide skylight from same manufacturer as existing in-Place skylights. No
substitutions will be considered unless.the product is no longer manufactured.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Components:
C
1. Sheets: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper to suit forming operations and finish
requirements but with not less than the strength and durability of alclad Alloy 3005-H25.
2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221, alloy and temper to suit structural and finish
requirements but with not less than the strength and durability of Alloy 6063-T52.
Fasteners: Same metal as metal being fastened, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other
noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Finish exposed fasteners to match
material being fastened.
2.3 GLAZING
A. Insulating Glass: Clear, sealed units that comply with Division 8 Section "Glazing," in
manufacturer's standard overall thickness.
iJNIT SKYLIGHTS 08620 - 2 '
FIELD RESIDENCE • • Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
l. Exterior Lite: 1/8-inch clear heat-strengthened glass.
2. Interior Lite: Laminated glass; 2 plies of 1/8-inch clear heat-strengthened glass with
0.030-inch clear polyvinyl butyral interlayer.
3. Interspace Content: Air.
4. Low-Emissivity Coating: Manufacturer's standard.
B. Glazing Gaskets: Factory applied sanoprene gasket.
2.4
A.
B.
C.
D.
2.5
A.
.
�
E.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur
and containing no asbestos fibers, formulated for 15-mil dry film thickness per coating.
Joint Sealants: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant.
Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, designed for trowel application or other
adhesive compatible with roofing system.
UNIT SKYLIGHTS
General: Provide factory-assembled unit skylights that include glazing, extruded-aluminum
glazing retainers, gaskets, and inner frames and that are capable of withstanding performance
requirements indicated.
Site-Built Curb: As indicated on drawings.
Unit Shape and Size: As indicated on drawings.
Condensation Control: Fabricate unit skylights with integral internal gutters and noncIogging
weeps to collect and drain condensation to the exterior.
Thermal Break: Fabricate unit skylights with thermal barrier separating exterior and interior
metal framing.
2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Match existing in-place skylights.
UNIT SKYLIGHTS • 08620 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Cotorado
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate installation of unit skylight with installation of substrates, vapor retarders, roof
insulation, roofing membrane, and flashing as required to ensure that each element of the Work
performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight.
B. Comply with recommendations in AAMA 1607 and with manufacturer's written instructions for
installing unit skylights.
32 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. After completion of installation and nominal curing of sealant and glazing compounds but
before installation of interior finishes, test for water ]eaks according to AAMA 5012.
B. Perform test for total area of each unit skylight.
C. Work will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Additional testing and inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed unit skylight surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1 � 1►1 �Z�T �.Y _ � � � [�),► [ I% �' i•L 1I1 ;
iJNIT SKYLIGHTS 08620 - 4
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09210 - GYPSUM PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Gypsum plastering.
2. Metallath.
3. Metal and plastic accessories.
4. Non-load-bearing steel framing and furring.
B. See Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for load-bearing steel framing.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required.
Material Certificates: For aggregates.
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide assemblies identical to those
tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster
application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental
conditions before, during, and after plaster application.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFAC"TURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
GYPSUM PLASTER • 09210 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2.2 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING
A. Steel Sheet Components, General: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements.
1. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing: Size metal ceiling supports to comply with
ASTM C 841, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base metal thickness of
0.0538 inch, a minimum 1/2-inch- wide flange, and in depth indicated.
2. Furring Channels (Furring Members):
a. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thiclrness, with minimum 1/2-inch-
wide flange, 3/4 inch deep.
b. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated.
1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch.
2.3 LATH •
A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847, fabricated from uncoated or zinc-coated (galvanized)
steel sheet and with uncoated steel sheet coated with corrosion-resistant coating after fabrication
into lath.
1. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Self-furring.
a. Weight: 2.5 lb/sq. yd.
b. Paper Backing: Asphalt-impregnated paper factory bonded to back of lath,
complying with FS IJ[1-B-790, Type I, Grade D(vapor permeable), Style 2.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Complying with ASTM C 841; coordinate depth of accessories with thiclrnesses and
number of plaster coats required.
B. Metal Cornerbeads: Fabricated from zino-coated (galvanized) steel.
1. Small-nose corner with expanded flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Masonry Corners: Use small-nose corner with expanded flanges reinforced by
perfarated stiffening rib.
2. Bull-nose corner, radius 3/4 inch minimum, with expanded flanges, at locations
indicated.
GYPSUM PLASTER 09210 - 2
FIELD RESIDENCE • �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
C. Plastic Cornerbeads: Small nose corner, with perforated flanges, fabricated from high-impact
PVC.
D. Strip Reinforcement: Smooth-edge strips of expanded-metal lath fabricated from uncoated or
zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, with uncoated steel sheet coated after fabrication.
1. Cornerite: Strips bent lengthwise in center for internal plaster angles not otherwise
reinforced by metal lath lapped or carried around.
2. Sh-ipite: Flat strips for reinforcing joints in gypsum lath, nonmetallic bases, and between
dissimilar plaster bases.
2.5
2.6
A.
.
Q
A.
:
C.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potalile and free of substances capable of affecting
plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories.
Bonding Compound: ASTM C 631.
Steel Drill Screws:
1. Complying with ASTM C 1002 for fastening metal or gypsum lath to wood or steel
members less than 0.033 inch thick.
2. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening metal lath to steel members
0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
Nails: ASTM C 514 for fastening gypsum lath to wood members.
PLASTER MATERIALS
Base-Coat Plasters: ASTM C 28, as follows:
1. Gypsum ready-mixed plaster with mill-mixed perlite aggregate.
a. Products:
1) National Gypsum Co.; Gypsolite:
2) United States Gypsum Co.; Structo-Lite.
Finish-Coat Plasters:
1. Gypsum ready-mixed finish plaster, manufacturer's standard mill-mixed gauged interior
finish.
a. Products:
1) National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Kal-Kote Texture.
2) United States Gypsum Co.; Red Top Finish.
Finishing Hydrated Limes: ASTM C 206.
GYPSIIM PLASTER 09210 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
C
2.7
E.
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
1. Type: N, normal, hydrated lime for finishing purposes.
2. Finishing Hydrated Limes, Type N:
a. United States Gypsum Co.; Red Top Normal Hydrate Finish Limes.
Aggregates for Base-Coat Plasters: ASTM C 35.
1. Type: Sand.
Aggregates for Finish-Coat Plaster with Floated Finish: ASTM C 35; graded per ASTM C 842
L Type: Sand, except use perlite over base coats containing perlite aggregate.
PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS
A. Plaster Base-Coat Compositions: Comply with ASTM C 842 and manufacturer's written
instructions for plaster base-coat proportions.
1. Three-Coat Work over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coat, high-strength gypsum
plaster with job-mixed sand.
B. Finish Coats: Proportion materials for finish coats to comply with ASTM C 842 and
manfuacturers written instructions for each type of finish coat and texture indicated.
1. High-Strength Gypsum Gauging Plaster: 1 part plaster to 1 part lime.
2. Gypsum Keene's Cement: 2 parts plaster to 1 part lime.
3. Floated Finishes:
a. Gypsum Keene's Cement: 2 parts plaster, 1 part lime, 6 parts sand.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF LATH AND FURRING, GENERAL
A. Interior Lathing and Furring: Comply with ASTM C 841.
B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at teiminations in Work and for support of
fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar
work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable
written instructions of plaster manufacturer or, if not available, in USG's "Gypsum Consh-uction
Handbook."
C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally and
where partition or wall abuts overhead structure, isolate from structural movement to prevent
transfer of loading from building structure.
3.2 METAL LATHING
�
��
�
i
��
�
GYPSUM PLRSTER 09210 - 4 �
'
�
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Install expanded-metal lath for the following applications where plaster base coats are required.
Provide appropriate type, configuration, and weight of inetal lath selected from materials
indicated that comply with referenced lathing installation standards.
� 1. Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Use diamond-mesh lath.
2. Vertical Metal Framing and Furring: Use diamond-mesh lath and cold-rolled channel
stud framing.
3.3
3.4
PLASTERING ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and
location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install
with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold
accessories in place and in alignment during plastering.
B. Accessories:
I:�
�
.
1. Cornerbeads: Install at external corners.
2. Casing Beads: Install at terminations of plaster work, except where plaster passes behind
and is concealed by other work and where metal screeds, bases, or frames act as casing
beads.
PLASTER APPLICATION, GENERAL
Protect contiguous Work from damage and deterioration caused by plastering with temporary
covering and other provisions necessary.
Prepare monolithic surfaces for bonded base coats and use bonding compound to comply with
requirements of referenced plaster application standards for conditioriing monolithic surfaces.
C. Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in
finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed at any location on
surface.
D. Grout hollow-metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base-coat
� plaster material, before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or
required for fire-resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor.
' E. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will
be damaged by installation of other.
F. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster
I ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing
bead�, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures
with metal.
'
�
G. Concealed Plaster: Where plaster application will be concealed by wood paneling, above
suspended ceilings and in similar locations, finish coat may be omitted; where concealed behind
cabinets, similar furnishings, and equipment, apply finish coat; where used as a base for
� GYPSUM PLASTER 09210 - 5
�, �
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
adhesive application of tile and similar finishes, omit finish coat, coordinate thickness with
overall dimension as shown, and comply with tolerances specified.
3.5 PLASTER APPLICATION
A. Plaster Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 842.
B. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable
referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer.
C. Number of Coats:
1. Metal Lath: Three coats.
D. Finish Coats: Match existing for texture and color.
3.6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND CLEANING
A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore
cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles,
excessive crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects
and where bond to substrate has failed.
B. Leave plaster ready for painting.
C. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door
frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces
stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering.
END OF SECTION 09210
GYPSUM PLASTER � 09210 - 6
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum wallboard.
2. Tile backing panels.
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
12 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
B. Samples: For each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work.
1.3
A
C
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
Installation tolerance: not more than 1/8" variation in ]0 feet of deviation from true plane,
plumb, level, and proper relation to adjacent surfaces in finish work.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2.2 PANEL PR011UCTS
A. Panel Size, General: Pro�ide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize
joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated.
B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
��
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
1. Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.
2. Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.
Sag-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to have more sag resistance than
regular-type gypsum board, 1/2 inch thick, and with long edges tapered. Apply on ceiling
surfaces.
D. Tile Backing Panels:
1
��
3.
Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M, with core type and in
thickness indicated.
Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, with core type
and in thiclrness indicated. .
a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp.; Dens-Shield Tile Backer.
Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9, in thickness indicated.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.
4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim
accessories, and fasteners, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Leve15 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping
compound.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 2 �
'
� �
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� 2.5
�
'
'
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type,
sandable topping compounds.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer.
3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
:
C
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
panel manufacturer.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I(blankets without membrane facing)
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag
wool, or rock wool.
1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of
assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Partition and Soffit Framing:
1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between
studs and wall.
2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings.
Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.
3. Frame door openings to comply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's
applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at
jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs)
at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: Install to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Building Insulation."
3•2 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION
� GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES • 09260 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
A. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
3.3
1
2
3
4
5
:
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications.
Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c.
On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest
extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless
otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end
joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses
of board.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally.
Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill
screws. �
Laminating to Substrate: Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written
recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive
has set.
B. Exteriar Ceilings and Soffits: Apply exterior gypsum panels perpendicular to supports, with
end joints staggered and located over supports.
Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.
C. Tile Backing Panels:
1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install under all tile with 1/4-inch gap where
panels abut other construction or penetrations.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: Install at showers and "wet" locations with
1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction o: �penetrations.
3. Cementitious Backer Unit Application: ANSI A108.11.
FINISHING
A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to
framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trir� according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control
joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
1. Pref?1 open joints and damaged surface areas.
2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with fim having flanges not
inte:.ded for tape.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use as exposed soffit board.
4. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
�
�
�
�
�
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 4 �
FIELD RESIDENCE � •
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
C. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to
ASTM C 840, for locations indicated:
1. Leve14: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless
otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES � 09260 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
�J
l.l SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Glazed wall tile.
2. Paver tile.
3. Crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations.
4. Metal edge strips installed as part of tile installations.
12
13
1.4
.
.
C.
A.
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUBMTTTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and
locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints.
Samples:
1. Each type, composition, color, and finish of tile.
2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for .each type, composition, color, and finish of
tile.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 TILE PRODUCTS
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
A. Manufacturers:
:
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
1. American Marazzi Tile, Inc.
2. American Olean; Div. of Dal-Tile International Corp.
3. Buchtal Corporation USA.
4. Cerim-Floor Gres Ceramiche.
5. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P.
6. Daltile; Div. of Dal-Tile International Inc.
7. Florida Tile Industries, Inc.
8. GranitiFiandre.
9. Interceramic.
10. KPT, Inc.
I 1. Laufen USA.
12. Lone Star Ceramics Company. .
13. Metropolitan Ceramics.
14. Monarch Tile, Inc.
15. Porcelanite, Inc.
16. Quarry Tile Company.
17. Seneca Tiles, Inc.
18. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
19. United States Ceramic Tile Company.
20. Winburn Tile Manufacturing Company.
ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1,
"Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.
C. Glazed Paver Tile: Flat tile as follows:
�
1. Composition: Porcelain.
2. Facial Dimensions: 11-13/16 by 11-13/16 inches.
3. Thiclrness: 3/8 inch.
4. Face: As indicated.
5. Finish: Mat, opaque.
Glazed Wall Tile: Flat tile as follows:
1. Module Size: 4-1/4 by 4-1/4 inches.
2. Thickness: 5/16 inch.
3. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges.
4. Finish: Bright, opaque glaze.
5. Mounting: Factory back-mounted.
6. Mounting: Pregrouted sheets of tiles factory assembled and grouted with manufacturer's
standard silicone rubber.
E. Natural Stone Wall Tile and Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and
coordinated with sizes and coursing where applicable.
1. Base: Coved, module size 4-1/4 by 4-1/4 inches.
2. Wainscot Cap: Bullnose, module size 4-1/4 by 4-l/4 inches.
�
�
�
�
CERAMIC TILE ' 09310 - 2 �
'
�
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
' F
'
2.3
2.4
•
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
3. External Corners: Bullnose.
4. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners except with coved base and cap angle
pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes.
Accessories for Wall Tile: Provide vitreous china accessories of type and size indicated, in
color and finish to match adjoining wall tile, and intended for installing by same method as
adjoining wall tile.
1. One soap holder for each shower.
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Crack-Suppression Membranes for Thin-Set Tile Installations: Manufacturer's standard product
that complies with ANSI A118.10.
1. Chlorinated-Polyethylene-Sheet Product: Nonplasticized, chlorinated polyethylene faced
on both sides with high-strength, nonwoven polyester' fabric, for adhering to latex-
portland cement mortar; 60 inches (1524 mm) wide by 0.030-inch (0.76-mm) nominal
thiclrness.
a. Product: Noble Company (The); Nobleseal TS.
2. Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous-Sheet Product: Self-adhering SBS-modified-
bituminous sheet with woven reinforcement facing for adhering to latex-portland cement
mortar; 36 inches (914 mm) wide by 0.040-inch (1.01-mm) nominal thickness.
a. Product: National Applied Construction Products, Inc.; Strataflex.
SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:
C
�
1. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.
2. Boiardi Products Corporation.
3. Bonsal, W. R., Company.
4. Bostik. •
5. C-Cure.
6. Custom Building Products.
7. DAP, Inc.
8. Jamo Inc.
9. LATICRETE International Inc.
10. MAPEI Corporation.
11. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.
12. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
13. TEC Specialty Products Inc.
Porf]and r'ement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.1A.
Dry-Sef Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set j: ANSI A 118.1.
' CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
7
E.
F
1. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI Al 183.
Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, Type I.
Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7, color as indicated.
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
1. Polymer Type: Dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients.
2. Polymer Type: Liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix.
G. Grout for Pregrouted Tile Sheets: Same silicone rubber used in factory to pregrout tile sheets
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that
comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
1. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;
Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated
with fungicide, intended for in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme
temperatures.
:
C
0
E.
a. Products:
1) Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.
2) GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700.
3) Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant.
4) Tremco, Inc:; Tremsi1604 White.
Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-
end butt joints.
1. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 1/4 inch.
2. Products:
a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based
formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials.
Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, stainless steel; ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge
material.
Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints that does not change
color or appearance of grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
�
�
�
�
CERAMIC TILE � 09310 - 4 �
'
�
'
'
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE • �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil,
or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials.
' 3.2
,
:
C
17
Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according
to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions.
Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project
site before installing.
E. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to
prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous
film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for
Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to
methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with
TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form comp�ete
covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obstructions, edges, and corners�without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items. Fit tile closely to
elecfical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, ar covers overlap
tile.
E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile
fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.
F.
G
��
I.
Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints during installation of
setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.
Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates.
Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A 108.10, unless otherwise indicated.
At showers, tubs, and where indicated, install cementitious backer units and treat joints to
comply with ANSI A 108.11.
� CERAMIC TILE . 09310 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � � J
Pro ect No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
J. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written
instructions to produce waterproof inembrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to
substrate.
1. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to
determine that it is watertight.
K. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation
standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage.
1. Tile floors in wet areas.
2. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.
3. Tile floors composed of rib-backed tiles.
L. Install tile on floors with the following joint widths:
1. Paver Tile: 1/4 inch.
M. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets
carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile.
N. Install metal lath and scratch coat for walls to comply with ANSI A108.1A, Section 4.1.
O. Install tile on walls with the following joint widths:
1. Glazed Wall Tile: 1116 inch.
P. Apply grout sealer to grout joints in tile floors according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written
instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and
sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.
K�j
�
:
FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA F113.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout.
Interior floor installation on crack-suppression membrane over concrete; thin-set mortar;
TCA F122.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modifed sanded grout.
3.4 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A. Interior wall installation �ver glass-mat, water-resistant backer board; thin-set mortar;
TCA W245.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout.
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 6
FIELD RESIDENCE � �
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
B. Interior wall and shower-receptor installation; thin-set mortar; over glass-mat, water-resistant
backer board; TCA B420 and TCA W245.
1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout.
END OF SECTION 09310
CERAMIC TILE � 09310 - 7
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING
PART1-GENERAL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following: �
1. Engineered-wood strip or plank flooring.
1.3
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry° for wood substrates, including sleepers and
subflooring.
:
C.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show installation details including Iocation and layout of each type of wood
flooring and accessory.
Samples for Verification: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain color and
finish required, approximately 12 inches long and of same thickness and material indicated for
the Work. Include sample sets showing the full range of normal color and texture variations
expected.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed wood flooring similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in
wood flooring installations with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material and product from one source with resources
to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C. Engineered-Wood Flooring: Comply with ANSUHPVA LF.
WOOD FLOORING 09640 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A
B.
C
D
1.6
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
Deliver wood flooring materials in unopened cartons or bundles.
Protect wood flooring from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver wood flooring until after
concrete, masonry, plaster, ceramic tile, and similar wet-work is complete and dry.
Store wood flooring materials in a dry, warm, well-ventilated, weathertight location.
Move wood flooring into spaces where it will be installed, at least seven days before
installation.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditioning: Maintain relative humidity planned for building occupants and an ambient
temperature between 65 and 75 deg F in spaces to receive wood flooring for at least seven days
before installation, during installation, and for at least seven days after installation. After post-
installation period, maintain relative humidity and ambient temperature planned for building
occupants.
1.7
1.8
:
1. For unfinished products, open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize.
2. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to the relative humidity of and is at the same
temperature as the space where it is to be installed.
3. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation
recommended in writing by flooring and finish manufacturers.
Install factory-fnished wood flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have
been completed.
WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements
of the Contract Documents.
B. Engineered-Wood Flooring Warranty: Written wananty, signed by manufacturer agreeing to
repair or replace engineered-wood flooring that fails in materials or workmanship. Failures
include, but are not limited to, buckling, cupping, warping, and delamination.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials describe� below, before installation begins, that mat�h products
installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identitied with labels
describing contents.
1. Wood Flooring: Equal to 1 percent of amount installed for each type and finish
indicated.
WOOD FLOORING 09640 - 2
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART2-PRODUCTS
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in the Wood
Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3.
2.2
2.3
A.
:
.
.
C.
f7
E.
FINISHING MATERIALS
Finish System: Match existing adjacent floor finish.
1. Type: As Specified in Interior.Specification Sheet at the End of this Section.
2. Floor Sealer: Pliable, peneti-ating type.
3. Finish Coats: Formulated for multicoat application on wood flooring.
Wood Filler: Formulated to fill and repair seams, defects, and open-grain hardwood floors;
compatible with finish system components and recommended by filler and finish manufacturers
for use indicated.
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type I, No. 15, asphalt-saturated felt.
Wood Flooring Adhesive: Mastic recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers for
application indicated.
Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, but not less than that recommended in NOFMA's
"Installing Hardwood Flooring."
Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork strip complying with FS HH-C-576, Type I-B,
Class 2.
Wood Trim: In same species and grade as existing adjacent trim.
1. Wood Base: Match Existing.
2. Base Shoe Molding: 1/2 by 3/4 inch.
3. Reducer Strip: 2 inches wide, tapered on one side, and in thickness matching flooring.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMPVATION
A. Examine su�strates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance witfi
requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of wood
flooring. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
WOOD FLOORING 09640 - 3
�
FIELD RESIDENCE Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
3.2 1NSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's written instructions, but not less than
recommendations in NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood Flooring," as applicable to flooring type.
B. Pattern: Lay wood flooring in pattern to match existing adjacent wood floor.
C. Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of
flooring of not less than 3/4 inch, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
1. Fill expansion space with flush cork expansion strip, then conceal with trim.
D. Felt Underlayment: Where strip or plank flooring is nailed to solid-wood subfloor, install
flooring over a layer of asphalt-saturated felt.
E. Engineered-Wood Flooring: Set in adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Accessories: Nail baseboard to wall and nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard; do not
nail to flooring.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Cover installed wood flooring to protect it from damage or deterioration, before and after
finishing, during remainder of construction period. Use heavy kraft-paper or other suitable
covering. Do not use plastic sheet or film that could cause condensation.
l. Do not cover site-finished floors with la�aft paper, or any other material, until finish
reaches full cure, but not less than seven days after applying last coat.
END OF SECTION 09640
WOOD FLOORING � 09640 - 4
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09680 - CARPET
PART 1 - GENERAL
r�
L
1.1 SUMMARY
A• This Section includes woven and tufted carpet and carpet cushion.
12
.
C.
L��
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SUBMTTTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Include the following: _
1. Existing floor materials to be removed.
2. Existing floor materials to remain.
3. Seam locations.
4. Pattern type, repeat, location, direction, and starting point.
5• Pile direction.
6• Insets and borders.
7. Transition, and other accessory sfips.
8. Transition details to other flooring materials.
Samples: For each for each carpet, cushion, and exposed accessory and for each color and
pattern required.
Maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is certified by the FIoor Covering Installation
Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements.
1.4 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling,,,
1.5
:
PROJECT CONDITIONS
General: Comply wiih CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Tem�erature and Humidity."
Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet and cushian until wet work in spaces is
complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
.CARPET
09680 - 1
Z �
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
C. Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond
with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by manufacturer.
1.6 W1IRRANTY
A. Carpet Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace carpet
that does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years from date of Substantial
Completion. Warranty does not include detenoration or failure of carpet from unusual traffic,
failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10
percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination.
B. Carpet Cushion Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form agreeing to replace carpet cushion that
does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years from date of Substantial
Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet cushion from unusual
traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failure includes, but is not limited to,
permanent indentation or compression.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Carpet: Full-width rolls equal to 5 sq. yd.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET CP7':
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, carpet and cushion from same
manufacturer as existing. No substitutions will be considered unless the product is no longer
manufactured.
1. Color and Pattern: match existing.
B. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 w/sq. cm per ASTM E 648
2.2 CARPET CUSHION CPT.
A. Traffic Classification: CCC Class I, moderate traffic.
B. Polyurethane Foam Cushion:
1. Grafted Prime Polyurethane foam.
a. Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent: 2.5 lb/sq. in. per ASTM D 3574
b. Thiclmess: .25 inches.
c. Density: 2.7 lb/cu. ft.
CARPET 09680 - 2
FIELD RESIDENCE � •
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2. Densified foam.
a. Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent: 2.41b/sq. in. per ASTM D 3574.
b. Thickness: .25 inches.
c. Density: 2.7 Ib/cu. ft.
3. Bonded foam.
a. Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent: S.O lb/sq. in. per ASTM D 3574.
b. Thickness: .375 inches.
c. Density: S.O lb/cu. ft.
4. Mechanically frothed foam.
a. Compression Force Deflection at 65 Percent: 9.7 lb/sq. in. per ASTM D 3574.
b. Thickness: .3 inches.
c. Density: 13 lb/cu. ft.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section "Double Glue-Down."
B. Maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door
in closed position. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
C. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders.
END OF SECTION 09680
CARPET
' 09680 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 09912 - PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)
PART1-GENERAL
l.l SLTMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior
items and surfaces.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Far each prtiduct indicated.
B. Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
1.3
A.
:
��
17
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
are between 50 and 90 deg F.
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air are between 45 and 95 deg F.
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the
quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with
labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACT'URERS
A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) 09912 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
��a
2.3
l. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado).
3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints).
4. Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (Kelly-Moore).
5. M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint).
6. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
7. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
�
�
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado �
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
not be acceptable.
C. Colors: Match existing walls for color, texture and gloss.
PREPARATORY COATS
A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
substrate indicated.
0
2.4
C.
A.
Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and
recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
1. Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.
2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
Interior Primer: Interior latex-based or alkyd primer of finish coat manufacturer and
recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
1. Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer.
2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
INTERIOR WOOD STAINS. AND VARNISHES
Open-Grain Wood Filler:
Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238.
�
II
�
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) 09912 - 2 �
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
:
C
I�
E
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Coronado; none required.
ICI Dulux Paints; none required.
Kelly-Moore; none required.
M. A. B. Paint; Paste Wood Filler.
Pittsburgh Paints; none required.
Sherwin-Williams; Sher-Wood Fast-Dry Filler.
Sherwin-Williams; none recommended.
Interior Wood Stain: Alkyd based.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penetrating Stain No. 234.
Coronado; 69-27 Oil Penetrating Wood Stain.
ICI Dulux Paints; 1700-XXX WoodPride Interior Solventborne Wood Finishing Stain.
Kelly-Moore; McCloskey Stain.
M. A. B. Paint; Wood Stain 062 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 77-560 Rez Interior Semi-Transparent Oil Stain.
Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-48 Series.
Clear Sanding Sealer: Fast-drying alkyd based.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413.
2. Coronado; 81-10 Dual Seal.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2164 E Z Sand Alkyd Q. D. Sealer.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Minit Dri Sanding Sealer 037-005 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-10 SpeedHide Quick-Drying Interior Sanding Wood Sealer and
Finish.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer B26V43.
Interior Alkyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Varnish:
1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes Low Lustre
No. 435.
2. Coronado; 151-100 Alkyd Clear Satin Vamish.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2050 Kel--Aqua Stain Base.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-7 Rez Varnish, Interior Satin Oil Clear.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Vamish, Satin A66-300 Series.
Interior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyureth�ne No. 423, Satin.
Coronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Satin.
ICI Dulux Paints; 1802-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Satin Varnish.
Keily-Moore; 2097 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Uretnane--Satin.
M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane 088-900s.
Pittsburgh Paints; 77-49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series.
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) 09912 - 3
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
F
G
�
Interior Waterborne Clear Gloss Varnish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
Project No. 051677
Vaii, Colorado �
l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes High Gloss
No. 428.
2. Caronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Gloss.
3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1808-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Gloss Varnish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2096 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane--Gloss.
5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Gloss Polyurethane 088-899 Line.
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-45 Rez Full-Gloss Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Gloss, A68 Series.
Paste Wax: As recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A_ Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be
painted.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface
preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
workers skilled in the trades involved.
D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Cementitious Nlaterials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release
agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to
improve curing; use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral
spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and appiy a thin coat of white shellac
or other recommended ]rnot sealer before apply;ng primer. After priming, fill
holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
smooth when �dried.
b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters,
cases, and paneling.
�
LJ
O
�I
�J
�
u
�
�
�
�
�
PAINTING (PROFESSIOivAL LINE PRODUC � S) 09912 - 4 �
�
r
�
�
�
�
��
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� E.
L�'
�
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.
d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet
wall construction occurs on back side.
e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of
varnish or sealer immediately on delivery.
4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.
a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and
according to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3 orSSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2.
b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat
before priming.
c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
same primer as the shop coat.
5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so
surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.
Material Preparation:
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
film and strain material before using.
F. Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector
� covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings
in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
�
�
�
,
2.
3.
5.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
registers or grilles. �
Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.
Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match
exterior.
G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
1 H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
�
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL L1NE PRODUCTS) 09912 - 5
�
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.
I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
J. Minimum Coating Thiclrness:
recommended spreading rate.
recommended by manufacturer.
Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's
Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
�
�!
�
K. Mechanical and Elecfical Work: Painting of inechanical and electrical work is limited to items �
exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
L. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insufficient sealing.
M. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth,
opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be
acceptable.
N. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of
even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks,
orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections.
O. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
e��idence of rolling, such as laps, .irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imperfections.
3.2
A.
B.
C.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
materials from Project site.
Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in YDCA P1.
END OF SECTION 09911
�
�J
O
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
J
Ld
PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) 09912 - 6
. �
�
'
�
,
�
j
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 09931 - EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS
PART1-GENERAL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood stains to exterior wood
surfaces.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of stain indicated.
B. Samples: For each color and stain material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual
conditions, on representative Samples of actual substrates.
1. Stained Wood: Provide 6-inch-square Samples.
1.3
A.
�.
C.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.
Apply stains only when temperatures of surfaces to be stained and the surrounding air are
between 45 deg F arid 90 deg F for oil-based stain, or between 50 deg F and 90 deg F for latex-
based stain.
Do not apply stain in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; when
temperatures are less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1.4 EXTR�1 MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra stain materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in
quantities descrbed below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with
labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: 1 gal. of each material and color applied.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS
09931 - 1
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado).
3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints).
4. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
5. Samuel Cabot, Inc. (Samuel Cabot).
6. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
2.2 EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one
another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service , and application, as
demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Stain-Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality stain material of the various stain
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated. Stain-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will
not be acceptable.
C. Colors: Match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be
stained.
B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be stained. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and staining. .
1. After completing staining operations, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in
trades involved.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be stained according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Allow unseasoned
or shiny new wood to weather three months before staining.
1. Countersink steel nails, if used, and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate rust
leacli stains.
2. Previously Stained Work: Renail loose or warped shingles or siding using galvanized or
aluminum nails.
�
[° J
�
��
�
�
�
�
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 09931 - 2 �
,
�
�
�
�
C_�
�
�
�
�
'
�
�_J
�
�
'
�
��
FIELD RESIDENCE � •
ADDITION / REMODEL Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
D. Mixing: Stir stain thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain
color consistency. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition, free
of foreign materials and residue.
E. Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to ensure
proper penetration. Use applicators and techniyues best suited for substrate and type of stain
material being applied.
F. Siding: Apply stain evenly with brush, roller, or spray. Thoroughly stain edges and ends of
boards. Brush out excess stain that collects in butts of shingles or boards. Avoid staining in
direct sunlight.
G. Protect work of other trades, whether being stained or not, against damage from staining.
Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and restaining as approved by Architect.
H. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly stained finishes. After completing staining
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced stained
surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.
END OF SECTION 09931
� EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS � 09931 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes plumbing fixtures and related components.
B. See Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers and specialty fixtures
not in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with
disabilities.
1.3 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances,
equipment, and supports and indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details,
and flow-control rates for each type of fixture indicated.
1.4
A.
�
C
Q
E.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy
Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 6j, "Urinking Water System Corr�ponents--Health Effects,"
for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are
compatible.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing
fixtures:
1. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A 112.19.1 M.
2. Hand Sinks: NSF 2 construction.
3. Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
4. Slip-Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462.
5. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 1
�
FIELD RESIDENCE
ADDITION / REMODEL
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
F. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory
and sink faucets:
l. Faucets: ASME Al 12.18.1M.
2. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B l.20.7.
3. NSF Materials: NSF 61.
4. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1.
5. Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME Al 12.18.1M.
G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for bathtub
and shower faucets:
1. Combination, Pressure-Equalizing and Thermostatic-Control Antiscald Faucets:
ASSE 1016.
2. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1M.
3. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B 1.20.7.
4. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1.
H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
l. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.IM.
2. Plastic Tubular Fittings and Piping: ASTM F 409.
3. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME A112.18.2M.
I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B 1.20J.
2. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
3. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1.
4. Plastic Shower Receptors: ANSI Z124.2.
5. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5.
6. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A 117.1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incoiporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be inccrporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide proc�t�cts by the
manufacturers specified.
�
�
�
u
�
�
�
�
�
PLUMBING FIXTL'TRES 15410 - 2 �
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
��a
� A
�
�
�
'
�
1
� 2.3
A.
LAVATORY FAUCETS
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
Lavatory Faucet: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies
and fixture holes and outlet with spout and fixture receptar.
l. Product:
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
9.
10.
I1.
12.
13.
14.
a. Kohler; Devonshire widespread lavatory faucet, K-394-4
Maximum Flow Rate: 2.i gpm (9.5 I..'min.), unless otherwise indicated.
Body Material: Cast brass.
Finish: Brushed Chrome.
Type: Two-handle mixing.
Centers: �3 inches (203 mm).
Mounting: Deck, concealed.
Handle(s): Lever.
Inlet(s): Reference Manufactures Specification.
Spout: Rigid.
Spout Outlet: Aerator.
Operation: Reference Manufactures Specification.
Drain: Reference Manufactures Specification.
Tempering Device: Reference Manufactures Specification.
SHOWER FAUCETS
Shower Faucet: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; and shower head, arm, and flange.
Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and outlet with diverter valve.
l. Manufacturer:
a. Kohler
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10,
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Maximum Flow Rate: 2� gpm (9.� L/min.), unless otherwise indicated.
Body Material: Cast brass.
Finish: Brushed Chrome.
Type: Double-handle. With integral or field-installed check stops on hot- and cold-water
supplies. .
Mounting: Concealed.
Handle(s): Lever.
Diverter Valve: Integral with mixing valve.
Backflow Protection Device for Hand-Held Shower: Not required.
Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve.
Supply Connections: NPS l/2 (D'v 1�), union.
Shower Head Material: Metallic with brushed c;u-ome finish.
Head Type: Ball joint.
Spray Pattern: Adjustable.
Integral Volume Control: Required.
Shower-Arm, Flow-Control Fitting: Reference Manufactures Specification.
� PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 3
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
2.4 TOILET SEATS
A. Toilet Seat: Solid plastic.
l. Manufacturer:
a. Kohler Cachet Quiet-Close, K-4639.
2. Configuration: Closed front with cover.
3. Size: Regular.
4. Class: Residential.
5. Hinge Type: Reference Manufactures Specification.
6. Color: White.
� Proj ect No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
2.5 INTERCEPTORS
A. Hair Interceptor: Manufactured unit with removable screens or strainer and removable cover,
and designed to trap and retain waste material.
2.6 WATER CLOSETS
A. Water Closets: Accessible back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for gravity-type tank
operation.
1. Products:
a. Kohler Co.; Wellworth round-front toilet.
2. Style: Close coupled.
a. Bowl Type: Round front with siphon jet design.
b. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal.r"flush (6 I.,!flush).
c. Tank: Gravity type �vith trim. Include cover.
d. Trip Mechanism: Lever-handle actuator.
e. Color: White.
� 3. Supply: NPS 1/2 (DV 15) chrome-plated brass or copper with wheel-handle stop.
4. Toilet Seat: Kohler — Cachet Quiet-Close, K-4639.
5. Fixture Support: Reference Manufactures Specification.
2.7 LAVATORIES
A_ Lavatory fixture.
1. Product:
a. Kohler Co.; Caxton undercounter lavatory with center drain, K-2205.
2. Type: Under Counter Mount.
3. Size: 17 by 14 inches oval.
4. Faucet Hole Punching: Three, 4-inch (102-mm) centers holes.
PLUMBING FIXTURES " 15410 - 4
�
�
'
,
�
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
� 2.8
'
,
,
�
�J
Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
5. Faucet Hole Location: Top.
6. Color: White.
7. Faucet: Lavatory with pop-up waste.
8. Supplies: NYS 3/8 (D'�I 10) chrome-plated copper with stops.
9. Drain: See faucet.
10. Drain Piping: Reference Manufactures Specification for chrome-plated cast-brass trap;
Reference Manufactures Specification for thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall
escutcheon.
11. Protective Shielding Guard(s): Reference Manufactures Specification.
12. Fixture Support: Reference Manufactures Specification.
CUSTOM SHOWER
A. Custom Shower: Shower enclosure with slip-resistant bathing surface complying with
ASTM F 462 and shower rod with curtain. Reference Drawing Sheet Number A-1.1 for plans
and elevations.
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Product:
a. Kohler Co.; Purist frameless pivot shower door.
Door Size: 30" x 33" x 72".
Material: Tile flooring and wall covering.
Drain Location: Reference Architectual Plans.
Accessibility Options: Include bench.
Faucet: Shower Kohler Revival shower faucet, K-16214-4A.
Drain: Grid, Nf'S 2(DN �0).
' PART 3 - EXECUTION
� 3.1
�
'
�
�
FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written
instructions.
C
�
D
'
E.
,
For wall-hanging fixtures, install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate.
1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.
2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.
Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or buiiding
substrate.
Install floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall
bracket and onto waste fitting seals.
Install counter-mounting fixtures under and attached to casework.
� PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 5
FIELD RESIDENCE � � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
F. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions and roughing-in
drawings.
G. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water
distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valve if stops are not specified with fixture. Refer to
Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves.
H. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to
sanitary drainage system.
I. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage
system.
J. Install toilet seats on water closets.
K. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are
not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
L. Install water-supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop
valves.
M. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if
faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
N. Install shower, flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.
�
P.
•
.
S
Install traps on fixture outlets.
1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
Install disposer in outlet of sinks indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated or in
wall adjacent to sink if location is not indicated.
lnstall hot-water dispensers in back top su; face of sink or in counter with spout over sink.
Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.
Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for escutcheons.
Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-part,
mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixhire color. Refer to Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant and installation requirements.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect water supplies from water dish-ibution piping to fixtures.
B. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping.
�
�
�
PLUMBING FIXTURES 15410 - 6 �
'
,
�
'
�
�
'
�
,
,
,
i
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
FIELD RESIDENCE • � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado
C. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with water supplies,
stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. Connect to
plumbing piping.
D. Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections:
Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping
specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing
piping.
3.3 PROTEC'I'ION
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION 15410
PLUMBiNG FIXTURES
15410 - 7
t
�
'
'
'
'
'
�
�
�
�
�
'
'
'
r
�
'
'
FIELD RESIDENCE •
ADDITION / REMODEL
SECTION 16511 -1NTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
• Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior lighting fixtures with lamps and ballasts.
2. Lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces.
3. Accessories, including lighting fixture retrofitting.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture
designation. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights,
methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.
1. Include wiring diagrams.
Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for dimmer-controlled fixtures, signed by product
manufacturer.
Operation and maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSUREINCE
A. Electrica] Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16511 - 1
� �
FIELD RESIDENCE � Project No. 051677
ADDITION / REMODEL Vail, Colorado �
2. Products: Sub�ect to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified. �
2.2 FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. Air-Handling Fluorescent Fixtures: For use with plenum ceiling for air return and heat
extraction and for attaching an air-diffuser-boot assembly specified in Division 15 Section
"Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles."
1. Air Supply Units: Slots in one or both side trims join with air-diffuser-boot assemblies.
2. Heat Removal Units: Air path leads through lamp cavity.
3. Combination Heat Removal and Air Supply Unit: Heat is removed through lamp cavity
at both ends of the fixture door with air supply same as for air supply units.
4. Dampers: Operable from outside fixture for control of return-air volume.
5. Static Fixtures: Air supply slots are blanked off, and fixture appearance matches active
units.
2.3 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Fixture: Match existing.
2.4 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for channel- and
angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. . Single-Stem Hangers: li2-inch (13-mm steet tubing «�ith s«7vel ball tittings and ceiling
canop}�. Finish same as fixtui-e).
C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch { 13-mm) steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount
a single fixture. Finish same as fixture.
D. . Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated, 12 gage2.68 mm.
E. Wires For Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless
steel, 1 � �age (2.68 mm).
F. Rod Hangers: 3%16-inch ( 5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
G. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
2.5 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
A. Dimming Ballast Controls: Sliding-handle type with on/off control; compatible with ballast and
having light output and energy input over the full dimming range.
�
"INTERIOR LIGHTING 16511 - 2 �
'
�
�
�
�
�
�
'
�
�
'
r
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
FIELD RESIDENCE �
ADDITION / REMODEL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
.
C.
D.
E.
� Project No. 051677
Vail, Colorado
INSTALLATION
Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture.
Support for Fixtures �n or on Gr�d-Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid for support.
1. Install a minimum of four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture. Locate
not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from fixture corners.
2. Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture
corner with clips that are UL listed for the application.
3. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans
or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3i4-
inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees.
Suspended Fixture Support: As follows:
1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (120() mm}, brace to limit swing-ing.
2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers.
Air-Handling Fixtures: Install with dampers closed and ready for adjustment.
Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities.
END OF SECTION 16511
INTERIOR LIGHTING
16511 - 3
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2138
• DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY D�LOPMENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ELECTRICAL PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FORFST ROAD
Parcel No...: 210107211023
Project No : �S(`j(� - 6 �b`�
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
APPLICANT DOUBLE Q ELECTRIC
P.O. BOX 242
EDWARDS
CO 81632
License: 190-E
CONTR.ACTOR DOUBLE Q ELECTRIC
P.O. BOX 242
EDWARDS
CO 81632
License: 190-E
09/27/2006
Permit #: E06-0187
Status . . . .
Applied . . :
Issued . . .
Expires . ..
ISSUED
09/27/2006
10/03/2006
04/Ol/2007
09/27/2006 Phone: 970-748-9780
09/27/2006 Phone: 970-748-9780
Desciption: INCREASE SERVICE SIZE FROM 200 AMPS TO 400 AMPS
Valuation: $20,000.00 Squaze feet: 100
*********a*a*�:**********r**�*****��***********�******�*****s***�*** FEE SUMMARY ***************************t****s************************s**
ElecVical---------> $51.75 Total Calculated Fees--> $54 .75
DRB Fee--------- > $ 0. 0 0 Additional Fees----------> $ 0. 0 0
Investigation----> $0. 00 Total Permit Fee--------> $54 .75
Will Call---------> $3 . 00 Payments-----------------> $54 .75
TOTAL FEES--> $54 .75 BALANCE DUE--------> $0. 00
************s***r**r****s*s*s*s***s*s***********x***s**r*******s*********s************r*********�*********�*******rr*****s*****s**********s**s***
Approvals:
Item: 06000 ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT
10/02/2006 SHAHN Action: AP
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
::****:*********************.*******x**********�***********************�**********************************************************r**�***********
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
*::*****************s*�**�****:**********�**********�*********:**:*:*:********«*.***********s*s********s***************���:*:****�**********:«***
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot
plan, and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply
with all Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design
review approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
�QUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN ADV�NCE BY TELEPHC� {1T 479-a149 OR A i OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4
��� �
SIGNATURE d1F OWNER OR CQNTRACTOR FOR`�IIMSELF AND OWNEF
o •
********************************************************************************************
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
********************************************************************************************
Statement Number: R060001595 Amount: $54.75 10/03/200611:17 AM
Payment Method: Check Init: DDG
Notation: Double Q
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: E06-0187 Type: ELECTRICAL PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $54.75
This Payment: $54.75 Total ALL Pmts: $54.75
Balance: $0.00
********************************************************************************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code
--------------------
EP 00100003111100
WC OO1U0003112800
Description
------------------------------
ELECTRICAL PERMIT FEES
WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
Current Pmts
51.75
3.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
09/27/2006 09:39 970-7�-9780 DOUBLE Q ELECZRIC PAGE 02 _
. - • •
APPLIGTION WILL NOT 8E AGCEPTED IF INCOMPL.ETE OR UNSI� �I� - � Z� �
.�� Project �:
� � Bulldinq Permlt #: ,►
•' E�1 Permit #: " l
970-479-Zi49 (inspeclions)
�N�� TOW OF VA_IL ELECTRICA PERM �1PPLICATIO
7S 3. F�onta�e Rd.
Vali, Colorado 61657
CONTRACTQR INFORMATION
f�
- Town oF Vail Reg. No.: Contact Person and Phone
1 _ � " / d «':
' Fau#: �%+ � 97a0
w
COMPLEYE SQ. FOOTAGE FOR AREA OF WORK AND VALUAT'�ON OF WORK (Labor � M�berials)
AMOUNT OF SQ Ff IN SIRUCiURE: rS�"Q IJ�Cb' �_ ' ELECTRICAL VALUATION: $
o� �y
�FFICE USE ON�Y*:,�:+r,���r*+r*,rR*+r��w�r*,r,�+�*,r*�****,r,r�*,►*
F:�8ev1FORMSIPEBMi['SIZOOSIeieceiod_pamit 2005.DOC I1/l3!l005
� � _ , �
�; rr �� �
' • ... . V� '
, :.`
.,,,�;�, � �,-:.,��
'- .t,, . . . �. .�"' �:,i .� � �:� .O �`�'��•""'�'
.. . '�c�aN� ��
xr_... �
� y
!
0
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-213 8
�ARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVEL�ENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ELECTRICAL PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FOREST ROAD
Parcel No...: 210107211023
Project No : —���� _ �j 2g�
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
APPLICANT DANICI ELECTRIC
PO BOX 7246
BRECKENRIDGE
CO 80424
License: 114-E
CONTRACTOR DANICI ELECTRIC
PO BOX 7246
BRECKENRIDGE
CO 80424
License: 114-E
05/02/200�
Permit #: E07-0059
�o� - v64�
Status . . . : ISSUED
Applied . . : OS/02/2007
Issued . . . OS/29/2007
Expires . .: 11/25/2007
05/02/2007 Phone: 970-390-1173
05/02/2007 Phone: 970-390-1173
Desciption: ELECTRICAL FOR A TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING DUPLEX
AND MOVE BOILER HEAT TAPE
Valuation: $0.00 Square feet: 1200
ssa*a�*sa�sas*s**ss*s*sss►*s**s�+*s*s�******►s****s�►tst*ss+*ss+as++ FEE S UMMARY #R*#*#*###t######R#+h*###t##t#####4#�F*###*i�##+k#�t#t�##*###4#�
Electrical--------> $ 5 �. 5 o Total Calculated Fees--> $ 6 0. 5 0
DRB Fee-------> $ o. 0 o Additional Fees--------> $ o. o 0
Investigation----> $ o. o o Total Permit Fee----> $ 6 0. 5 0
W ill Call--------> $ 3. 0 0 Payments----------------> $ 6 0. 5 0
TOTAL FEES--> $ 6 0. 5 0 BALANCE DUE------> $ o. o 0
#Rt#f�t�#t1#4i#i*####*+kt##t###R;t###R##t##4*4#�F#�F*�kt*ttt�#ft*#t*#**#+k#R###R###4##►#1�##4#t#�F��M##f###/t####t####*►#►####t#t#####f1�tt4tf#f�###**M�##•
Approvals:
Item: 06000 ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT
05/02/2007 shahn Action: AP
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
t►�ss:►*�*ss*ss+as*}**�*a**a*s***a*********a**►**s**v**#r*s*s*s;�+****as�a�**r*as*s*s******s***t*�*****+�*�s�ss+r+�s�s*�rr�as+sss**►s*ss**a**sssas
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
#t##i�#4##;�####*fi#*it*#*##i*####4*####*t#+k4�k#t�#RR##t####t##f####i**4#t***i►#t#*##t##*#*#t##*�Ft##t##4#i#t###R#4i#�#f}i�R#####�R##**#*#*#*#1#####s#
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information reyuired, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Building and Res�dential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN AD�A� BY TELEPHONE AT 479-2149 OR AT O�R O� FROM 8:00 AM - 4 PM.
TURE OF OWNER OR CONTRACTOR FOR HIM�bEAND OWNER
• •
�*��*********.*****�*****�**************�*�*****��*******************�**************�*******
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
*****��******�************�********************************�******+*�*******************���*
Statement Number: R070000807 Amount: $60.50 05/29/200701:15 PM
Payment Method: Check Init: DDG
Notation: Danici Electric
Inc. 3243
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: E07-0059 Type: ELECTRICAL PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $60.50
This Payment: $60.50 Total ALL Pmts: $60.50
Balance: $0.00
********************�****�*�******�*�*******�*************�*********************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
EP 00100003111100 ELECTRICAL PERMIT FEES 57.50
WC 00100003112800 WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE 3.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
�
�' � i; � �
APPLICA� WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF INCOM� OR UN 9
Project #: � (° - � Z� e
"� Building Permit #:
�--��—' �d S r Electrical Permit #: �
� ��
�70-479-2149(Inspectlons)
75 S. Frnntuge Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
TOWN OF VAIL ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
COMPLETE SQ. FOOTAGE FOR AREA OF WORK AND VALUATION OF WORK (Labor & Materia�)
AMOUNT OF SQ F� IN STRUCTURE: ) 2�0 I ELECTRICAL VALUATION: $(j �
r.
r
F: Iding�electical,_penni�ll-23-2005.DOC Page 1 of 2 11/23R�
, � �
� ;�� `� ti�; , r, ` ' .,� �` ' �
.y
.
` . ` . �" e .' , � . • 4- % ..f� ,' � ' � �� .�»'.
• � . .
�i� 1ii 7� � .e
Amendment to the 2002 N.E.C. Town of Vail Ordinance 4, Series of 2005
o Overhead services are not allowed in the Town of Vail.
o�---.Underground services sha// be in conduit (PVC) from the ul�/ity transformer to the electric meter, main
disconnect switch, and to fihe first electrical distribution circuit breaker panel.
o The main disconnect switch shall be�eadi/yaccessib/e, and located next to the meter on the exterior wall of
the structure. All underground conduits are required to be inspected before back-filling the trench.
o In multi-family dwelling units, no electrical wiring or feeder cables shall pass from one unit to another. Common
walls and spaces are exempt
❑ NM Cable (Romex) can b�e used on/y in sing/e and mu/ti-fami/y dwe//ings net exGe�eding 3 sin�ies,
Type NM cannot be used in any bui/ding mixed with Tj�pe �B.E,F,H,I,M &S occupancies.
v A/uminum conducto�ssmaller than size #8 are not permitted with the Town of Vail.
TOWN OP VAIL ELECTRICAL PERMIT GUIDELINES
v All instailations of exterior hot tubs or spa's require a DRB approval from planning. This application will
not be accepted without a copy of the DRB approval form attached (if applica�le). ,
v If this permit is for installation of an exterior hot tub or spa on a new elevated platform or deck over
30" above grade, you must also obtain a building permat.
o If this permit is for installation of an exterior hot tub or spa on any existing deck or elevated platForm,
a structural engineer must review the existing condition and verify that it will support the added
concentrated load. Please provide a copy of the structural engineers w��_stamped letter or drawing
with this application.
o If this is a remodel in a multi-family building with a homeowners association, a letter of permission
from the association is required. . - -; �,
o If this permit is for a commercial space, two (2) sets of stamped drawings are required. E/ect�ica/
one-/ine and Rane/schedu/es are required if/oad is added or dist�ibution is a/tered,
I have read and understand the above.
Signature Date Signed
If you have any questions regarding the above inforrmation or have additional questions,
please contact the Town of Vail Electrical Inspector at 970-479-21�7. The inspector can be
reached on Monday thru Friday mornings between the hours of 8am and 9am. You may also
lea�ve a-v�e-�ai����t�inspector will call you ba�Ck. ��.. �•., ", 4,
f _ -;� .- i�. . . �, .
,
�, ;. ;; ,.. •R..
- :; �
!:R r x
� -_ } �
, �. i f
�
F:\cdev\FORMS\PERMITS\Building\elecOcal�ermit 11-23-2005.DOC Page 2 of 2 ii/23/2005
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-213 8
�PARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVEL�MENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
MECHANICAL PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FOREST ROAD
Parcel No...: 210107211023
Legal Description: ��-- � b 2�
Project No :
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE 05/23/2007
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
APPLICANT MID COUNTY PLUMBING & HEATIN05/23/2007
P. O. BOX 23186
SILVERTHORNE
CO 80498
License: 225-M
CONTRACTOR MID COUNTY PLUMBING & HEATIN05/23/2007
P. O. BOX 23186
SILVERTHORNE
CO 80498
License: 225-M
Permit #: M07-0082
30�-66�(�,
Status . . . : ISSUED
Applied . . : OS/23/2007
Issued . . . OS/24/2007
Expires . .: 11/20/2007
Phone: 970-468-4924
Phone: 970-468-4924
Desciption: EXTEND EXISTING BASEBOARD INTO ADDITION-INSTALL EXHAUST FAN
FOR COOKTOP
Valuation: $1,500.00
Fireplace Information: Restricted: # of Gas Appliances: 0 # of Gas Logs: 0 # of Wood Pellet: 0
*s*s*ss***s++**s*f►�sss�ssaa*s+***+s�*rsat�***ass+***+s�*ssss*�►*ssrM FEE S UMMARY #*###*Rf�F*####R###Rt*###Rt#4**#It##R######t#i�R##tt##R###ii#R
Mechanical--> $ 4 0. 0 o Restuarant Plan Review--> $ o. o o Total Calculated Fees--->
Plan Check—> $ 5 3. 0 0
$ i o. 0 0 TOTAL FEES-----------> $ 5 3. 0 0 Additional Fees----------> $ o. o 0
Investigation-> $ o . 0 0
Tota{ Permit Fee--------a $53 . o0
Will Call—> $3 . 00
Payments------------------> $ 5 3. 0 0
BALANCE DUE------> $0. 00
#kR#R�ti*►t*fi#ff##4t###rt*+Ft#R#t##4##fR###*rt�tt#t#4#+k##�R#tk#�#t#R#t**###4#�R*�R##4�*f��F#i###t#tt�h+Rtt#*ii►t#*##4tt;t*f##tt�Fitt##Ri#k#*##ifk####fi#*#
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
05/23/2007 JRM Action: AP
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
CONDITION OF APPROVAL
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
Cond: 22
(BLDG.): COMBUSTION AIR IS REQUIRED PER CHAPTER 7 OF THE 2003 IMC AND SECTION
304 OF THE 2003 IFGC AS MODIFIED BY TOWN OF VAIL.
Cond: 23
(BLDG.): BOIILER INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND
*************************�*************�***+***********�*************************�***�******
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADOCopy Reprinted on 02-07-2013 at 09:55:38 02/07/2013
Statement
*************************�******************************************************************
Statement Number: R070000622 Amount: $78.00 05/09/200701:37 PM
Payment Method: Check Init: JS
Notation: 9904/MID
COUNTY PLUMBING AND HEATING
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: P07-0038 Type: PLUMBING PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $78.00
This Payment: $78.00 Total ALL Pmts: $78.00
Balance: $0.00
******************************************a*************************************************
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
PF 00100003112300 PLAN CHECK FEES 15.00
PP 00100003111100 PLUMBING PERMIT FEES 60.00
WC 00100003112800 WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE 3.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comments
AP
Total Rows: 1
E07-0059: Entries for Item:190
Page 1
- ELEC-Final
Date Unique_
7/2007
424
09:54 02/07/2013
Comments
AP
Total Rows: 1
E06-0187: Entries for Item:190
By
Page 1
- ELEC-Final
Date Unique_
038
09:54 02/07/2013
CHAPTER 10 OF THE 2003 IM� •
Cond: 25
(BLDG.): GAS APPLIANCES SHALL BE VENTED ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 5 OF THE 2003 IFGC.
Cond: 29
(BLDG.): ACCESS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MUST COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 3 OF THE 2003
IMC AND CHAPTER 3 OF THE 2003 IFGC..
Cond: 31
(BLDG.): BOILERS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON FLOORS OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONST. UNLESS
LISTED FOR MOUNTING ON COMBUSTIBLE FLOORING.
Cond: 32
(BLDG.): PERMIT,PLANS AND CODE ANALYSIS MUST BE POSTED IN MECHANICAL ROOM PRIOR
TO AN INSPECTION REQUEST. •
Cond: 30
(BLDG.): BOILER ROOMS SHALL BE EQUIPPPED WITH A FLOOR DRAIN OR OTHER APPROVED
MEANS FOR DISPOSING OF LIQUID WASTE PER SECTION 1004.6.
#i#if##*t#ii4ft4#########*##########RiR#t+#t#t#►########R*###**�##*s#�#�##�R*t�4i#t#t##*######*#s#si##s#t*#i##4##434f##+#*######tt##t*#####s►t*s#
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN ADVAN� BY,�TEL , HONE A 479-2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4 PM.
� ' /\/�►
SIGNATURE OF O�VNER OR CONTRACTOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
I • •
*****ri�*i�*�***************r**i�**�i�i�*****+**************i�i�******i�****�*****************i�*�i�**
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADO Statement
****�*********��+*****************::�**********************+�******�***+�*********�*********
Statement Number: R070000779 Amount: $53.00 05/24/200708:08 AM
Payment Method: Check Init: LT
Notation: Mid County / ck
010075
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit No: M07-0082 Type: MECHANICAL PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD
Total Fees: $53.00
This Payment: $53.00 Total ALL Pmts: $53.00
Balance: $0.00
*****************�**�***�*******r**************�+********��******�*************************�
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
MP 00100003111100 MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES 40.00
PF 00100003112300 PLAN CHECK FEES 10.00
WC 00100003112800 WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE 3.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLYCA�I WILL NOT BE ACC�PTRD iF INCOMP OR UNSIGNE (�;�Z ��
. � Project #: J
Building �ermit#: c��—O 6 �� Z
�, O?� �O � Mechanical Permit #: •
��Far �r �r�, , 970-479-2�.49 (Inspections) �
B11 �" i �
75 S. Frontage Rcf.
V,ail, Colvrado 8165y
Vi� �0
�
MCCHANICAL; $
'TQWN F,VAIL MECM�N„TC�1L RERMTT APPLrCAT'IQN
�� Permit will no� be accepted wiihou� fihe following:
Provide Mechanical Room Layout drawn tc scala to include:
a Mechanical Room Dim�nsions
o Combustion Air Duc� Size and I.ocation
❑ Flue, Vent and Gas Line Size and Lacatlon
u Heat Loss Calcs�
o �quipment Cu�/Spec Sheete
�wn of Va�.lteg. No.: Contact erson and
—Z��"' ' �V � 5yi��
Fax#: 7 � - �
N FOR MECHANxCAL PERMIT
R?o-�8°do�y'
�**�***********�********pOR O��ICE USE ON[.Y****�****�****�********��****
Other F�ees; 'Da Rec�ived:
� 3 , ��.pt� gY:
F:kdev�FORMS\Perm+ts\eul Iding\ma�hanlcal_permi�i i•23•20�5,DOC
iUZS/2oos
l'd 8L6 'ON JNIBW�Id A1N�0� QIW Wd6��6 LOOZ '�l 'hdW
� '
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-213 8
�ARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVEL�MENT
NOTE: TH[S PF,RMIT MUST B[: POSTED ON JOBSITE AT AI.I. TIMES
MECHANICAL PERMIT
Job Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location.....: 586 FORES"I' ROAD WEST SIDE
Parcel No...: 210107211023
l,egal Description: �-��� _ 62��
Project No :
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I.
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
APPLICANT GAS CONNECTION, THE
11975 WADSWORTH
BROOMFIELD
CO 80020
License: 168-M
CONTRACTOR GAS CONNECTION, THE
11975 WADSWORTH
• BROOMFIELD
CO 80020
License: 168-M
TRUSTEE 09/12/2007
Permit #
Status . . . :
Applied . . :
Issued . . :
Expires . ..
M07-0206
� � - dG �"� 1"
ISSUED
09/12/2007
09/ I 2/2007
03/ 10/2008
09/12/2007 Phone: 303-466-4206
09/12/2007 Phone: 303-466-4206
Desciption: INSTALLATION OF GAS LINF, AND FIRF,PIT
Valuation: $7,800A0
Pireplace Information: Resiricted: # of Gas Appliances: 0 # o1�Gas Logs: 0 t� of Wood Nellet: 0
•#s****►**#*ss***�a**►***x*****t*s*ra*+***�rtt*r**r*�r*ta�*warx*�*** FEF.S U MMAR Y *****s�***«***�****sass+�**�ss*�+�*�**�**�s#*++**s*ss+s**s#*
Mechanical---> $16 0. 00 Restuaran[ Plan Review--> $ o. o o Total Calculated Fees---> $ 2 0 4. o 0
Plan Check---> S4o. oo ' 'I'OTAL FF.ES--------------> $204. oo Additional Fees-----------> $o. o0
Investiga[ion-> $ o. 0 0 l otal Permit Fee----------> $ 2 0 4. o 0
W ili Call-----> S n. o o Payments-------------------> S z o 4. o 0
BALANC G DU E---------> $ o. o 0
*M**##+kiYk�####*�#t#k#######k###t�###i###*4�*#+k#**4##**###*#***R###�##**##*1###�###*#R##�#I+k*��*##�#####*#*######�*######�#*#�###+F4####*###�*##*+k
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
09/12/2007 cgunion Action: AP
CONDI"I�ION OF APYROVAL
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
Cond: 22
(BLDG.): COMBUSTION AIR IS REQUIRED PER CHAPTER 7 OF THE 2003 IMC AND SECTION
304 OF THE 2003 IFGC AS MODIFIED BY TOWN OF VAIL.
Cond: 23
(BLDG.): BOIILER INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND
CHAPTER 10 OF THE 2003 IMC.
Cond: 25
(BLDG.): GAS APPLIANCES SHALL BE VENTED ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 5 OF THE 2003 IFGC.
Cond: 29 7 �
(BLDG.): ACCESS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MUST COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 3 OF THE 2003
IMC AND CHAPTER 3 OF THE 2003 IFGC..
Cond: 31
(BLDG.): BOILERS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON FLOORS OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONST. UNLESS
LISTED FOR MOUNTING ON COMBUSTIBLE FLOORING.
Cond: 32
(BLDG.): PERMIT,PLANS AND CODE ANALYSIS MUST BE POSTED IN MECHANICAL ROOM PRIOR
TO AN INSPECTION REQUEST.
Cond: 30
(BLDG.): BOILER ROOMS SHALL BE EQUIPPPED WITH A FLOOR DRAIN OR OTHER APPROVED
MEANS FOR DISPOSING OF LIQUID WASTE PER SECTION 1004.6.
.....,.*#*.:..�»*++.«.,.�.+.:...«.*.*..*+*:.+..�*.**�*>...»**+:.:+*+.++**..+.*�*...«:+..�*+*...�.�.:.+.�.+..*�..��*.....�.*+�.:.�.......�«�...::.
DFCI,ARATIONS
[ hereby acknowledge that 1 have read this application, filled out in full the information required, compieted an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. 1 agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town ap�icable thereto.
ItEQUESTS FOR INSPEC'I ION SHALL BE MAll[? "I�WEN"fY-FOUR HOURS IN ADV NCF. BY 'F.I.IiPHONE 479- 49 OR Al OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 M- 4 PM.
�lZ p-�
SIGN F ER OR O TRACTO FOR HIM LF A D OWNER
� �
�************************�********************�********************�************************
TOWN OF VAIL, COLORADOCopy Reprinted on 09-12-2007 at 14:42:59 09/12/2007
Statement
**********�***************************************�*********�***************************��**
Statement Number: R070001842 Amount: $204.00 09/12/200702:39 PM
Payment Method: Cash Init: DDG
Notation: cash
Permit No: M07-0206 Type: MECHANICAL PERMIT
Parcel No: 2101-072-1102-3
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
Location: 586 FOREST ROAD WEST SIDE
Total Fees: $204.00
This Payment: $204.00 Total ALL Pmts: $204.00
Balance: $0.00
****************************************************************�***************************
ACCOUN'I' ITEM LIST:
Account Code Description Current Pmts
-------------------- ------------------------------ ------------
MP 00100003111100 MECHANICAL PERMIT FEES 160.00
PF 00100003112300 PLAN CHECK FEES 40.00
WC 00100003112800 WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE 4.00
APPLtCA WILL NOT B� ACCE�TED IF INCOMP 8it UN ��
.� �.
� �
8u�lding Permit #:
,%� �� ' (�� �� Meciwnicat Aer+nit #: �y
� 9J0-�79-?.3,4� �I � � , t1�9 ,•
i�i � � Y/� � .. ;.�-
TOWN QF VA3L MECHAi�ICAL �ERMxT APPLICA 01� �:.,
7s 5. Fmntage Rd. Permit will not be acCepted wFthaut the following: _)'
Vail� Calorado 81657 ��
Provide Mechanical Room Layout drawn to s�ie to iectude: �'.'
a Mechaniql R,00m Dimensio�s
e Combusdon Air Duc! Site and LaCa�an
:. Fiae, vent and �as Line Size and LecatioR
c Heat Loss Cares.
: 'equlpn�ent Cu�/S�ec She�ets
o rl��c�or�
WEO-WNIC.'l�: � %��'O O
����rw�
:ont�ct Eaa1�e Count�A�„��
Parcel #
Job Name: +�,��d
��
,
____�
�R �Q�.��to` �-� �' 6 0 �o� s�
Reg, No.: C�r�c�c and one .#'s
- �'Vl ��� � GV' ��3-�G���I�
�s t�u�aet�sv.i e-�w�
�
c��t 303 99'S-9oa o
I %f7I 9
Job r�tidress: 5�[,� (� �. -�-0 /'� S 4- i� .
! �gal D�cti�Qn � I.ot: � BiociC � Filing:
Owners Name:�A�r'l.nft i-:�Jd +�dres��e t/,�5�:
uetaia'� a51Zc l�n�-�' �1 � �Q S �In-�
.� Ll'./'`�
� Subdivisian:
�
1%ai.J.� Phone: C� � � ��'%' � � �
Phone:
• . 1-r+nan�►.�.1 S�►r�'
a S ��C.�' 1- �L�{c�rronid Ts�n.�s
wark Class; New (� Addioon �) Alte2tion ( j Repair (; C�er ( 1
L�oiier l�ocadon: Int�rio� ( 1 Exterior Other () �oes an EHU exlst at this locacion; Y� ( j No ()
-yoe oF 61dg: S�n41e-family () Ouplmr (, Muitl-family ;} Camrt'l��al () R�ourdnt ( j Ctl'ier ( j
Uo. cF c"xiSCn� uwe!iir,g Uni� �n �his yuildi� �g; 2 ^la. �f Acp!`!mc�ation UnitS in ;his buildinc:
�+oi � voe ot rire iaces =.�istfn : Gas A�D�larc2s `; vas '^"5' ,NMc�Da11°t � Wood 6u�nin
Vo/Type af Freplaces Proposed; Cas Apqliances ( J Gas L,ogs ( j Wevdi�sllet () �b'�od 8urniny (NOT;�L�o1�1EJ;
's ;hi, a;am��!5ior. fram z lu_od burning `rea!ate 'A an �?A Phase ;i deviw? Y�5 ( i NO ( 1 -
:��:x�xcy:x�c�:
- - - --- -----•-�r�*�x�*.��e
� / 0"n�n^�L
�'au't::: :dmr,fORMS'.!'GiL?�;:-�'•�MFCk:�Sr'N�xC ^
^ V
� �/
�
!,
m
�
�
m
�
a
�
�
Z
�
�
0
�� � .
. 1 � � ,, � �r
�. S � l �
: �S < < .1
�� ¢ � , ;
. �. � ���i � ' �
�_..._ L. v^� �o c �
�.
�:�. - ..,_ ' - � '` ' '• " - � ' '. . . _ �
_:s i,� � � r;i -'�• �' •.; i, -;r
. �. r ,
f . � � � �I • .i��
. . .� � _ .�+* - ......,.� II'�i.Y�� C � ��nl .
f',., Jr' d' l+ ;: : f • _. `�' r•�_ �
. � ,' � �� � t �
� ""^ �, '`�
� v `.`� 1/ I
� _ '� � -. ' ��� :�=
: : --s� ��� �--- �e� �, ��e.
�� .�
~ �� � y' �! �' ' '' � ; : 7' � SS�vr� ��
. r• � . - � � . • ;'•�� �
SLA ����;, ;•k ." , .��-_:;;�; �;; � f�.�;:= -
,,
��� ; ;
..-....- . .-, - 1•.-.��,.....��» �--„� �-•�4. w� ,
� e aa�.���.�.�...,��� .
: / � .
1���ecx 5����� ; �4�1� .
' ' �+� rr. �R�U1�15'rt�1�t '$`� �
.�
' ' '�`r'�k�NC� -i�o 'Po�1�
�O R�n ' ''
...•.;���� � a _ �+�rO�w- rY�►v++...ti.+��-r�+wC-s.. , .
p`:•:�j�i F C..� '. - _ , . _.... _ .. _ ,., .._ _ _
: •
i� �' r� '''
U. ' �- ' - ' _ ' � } .
+ �� ; O . e�. � '�-s►��rr.•,�� • ' • . � � — • . _ .. — �— ---'�'-• .
� 7 Z :
� - .
� a
•�F�/�/+ +���• �14�� � � /� L pl\Lf
; •�\��1�� � �V�� V�I�Y' � �Y�.r��
nV�
TOWN OF VAIL
75 S. FRONTAGE ROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2138
Job Address:
Location.....:
Parcel No...:
Legal Description:
Project No :
� DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY �ELOPMENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
PLUMBING PERMIT
586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD
210107211023
'���0�-Ua��
OWNER FIELD, LAWRENCE I.
1500 NICHOLAS BLVD
ELK GROVE VILLAGE
IL 60007
APPLICANT MID COUNTY PLUMBING
P. O. BOX 23186
SILVERTHORNE
CO 80498
License: 269-P
CONTRACTOR MID COUNTY PLUMBING
P. O. BOX 23186
SILVERTHORNE
CO 80498
License: 269-P
TRUSTEE 04/27/2007
& HEATIN04/27/2007
& HEATIN04/27/2007
Permit #: P07-0038
'[�p '1 - UO `( �,
Status . . . : ISSUED
Applied . . : 04/27/2007
Issued . .. OS/04/2007
Expires . .: 10/31/2007
Phone: 970-468-4924
Phone: 970-468-4924
Desciption: BATHROOM ADDITION-UNDERGROUND, ROUGH AND PUMBING FIXTURES
Valuation: $4,000.00
Fireplace Information: Restricted: ?? N of Gas Appliances: ?? !f of Gas Logs: ?? It of Wood Pallet: ??
sss******ts******ss*s*s*r*s*s*s*s***ss***s*s*sssr**s*s*ssrssx***�*►** FEE SUMMARY
****�*�:**s*s**s*ssss***s*sr**s�***tss*s�***�**********s*�**
Plumbing--> $60.0o Restuarant Plan Review--> $o. oo Total Calculated Fees---> $78. o0
Plan Check--> $15.00 TOTAL FEES----> $78.00 Additional Fees-----------> $0. 00
Investigation-> $ o. 0 0 Total Permit Fee----------> $ � 8. o 0
Will Caii-----> $3 . 00 Payments------------------> $78. 00
BALANCE DUE---------> $0. 00
*r****a**********s****s***s�*st*r**s*s********s*****�:sss*sr*as****r**s**rs*****�:**s****t**s**s*r***ts******s***a*s*�*�***xstss*****s*x*s*******ss
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
04/27/2007 cgunion Action: AP
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
CONDITION OF APPROVAL
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
**:*:*:.**:::*r*s.ss:•*�*s�sss*.:ss*s:s..*�:...�.*.**:.**::�:s::::s..�.ss.s*�*:*::::�.*::r:«�.**::::*:***:.**:***■:*.�****:*::******:*:***********
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot
plan, and state that all the information as required is conect. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply
with all Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design
review approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS IN ADVANCE BY TELEPHONE AT 479-2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4
PM. �2��
5 � �`��/ �%
APR.27.2007 10:50AM D COUNTY PLUMBING N0.685 P. 1
. � !
ApPi.xCATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF xNCOMPL�TE OR UNS (�(� V Z, ��
Profect #: v 'F7
Building permi� #: '1 � �fl
, :' � � � plum6ing Permft #: 3 $
����''�� ' 9�0-47�-2i49 (tnspecti n
75 S. �rontage Rd. �
Vail, Colorado 8165i '
TO, WN OF VATL PLUMBIN� PERMIT APP�;�,CA,�ON
f IMI IIVIII� VVI I41H�.W1 •�
I "�'O lAL[N'C LLtWll�a
,
�-Mail Address: n�� �
Contractor Si, re:
COMPI,�T�
�_
PLUMBING: $ .4C,�)
�►cTO�„a_
ofZ�g1Vo.:
f7 �
�
n ana rnone �•s�;�,�6�� yq�
Sy/.+C-s c!'�O—�{[�' 4 01 q
?o- �� g -4'�i3 6
ON FOR PI,UMBING PERMTT (Lebor & Materi�ls)
*�*�***�*����***,��*���*�*����*����*,�*�*FOR OFFTCE U5� ONLY*x��*r��w*��r**��**a�*��r�**x**��*rr�*�*
C ef' Feea: �� •' • � • • Date�R+�coived:
/ �Acce ted�� :'�, � � . ...
.�
F;�cdev\FORMS�PERMITS�Building�plumbin�permlt 11-23-2005,doc Page i of i li/23�2005
�. � •
�
•
09-11-2008 Inspection Request Reporting Page 10
4:24�m Vail, CO - Ci{�pf
Requested Inspect Date: Friday, September 12, 2008
Inspection Area: CG
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD
A/P/D Information
Activity: 607-0046 Type: A-BUILD
Const Type: Occu� pancY:
Owner: FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
Engineer: MONROE-NEWELL ENGINEERS INC.
Contractor: WOODSTONE HOMES, INC.
Architect: ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
Description: TWO STORY ADDITION TO AN EXISTING SFR
Sub Type: ADUP
Use: V-B
Phone: 970-949-7768
Phone: 970-845-9698
Phone: 970-949-0257
Status: ISSUED
Insp Area: CG
i�i'iV /II�I V��VII �
It : 90 LDG-Final Requested Time: 11 0 AM
2eque or: W ODSTONE HOMES, I . Phone: 00 3 45-969 -or- 914-
;omm ts: will c H R� ya�n 914-0043, est side
signed To: GDENCKLA En red By: DGO DEN K
Act n: Time Exp �
Comm t: RYAN �C 2 MECM PERMfTS-STILCOPEN NEED FINAL NSPECTIONS PO WITH
�
` �
\
Inspection Historv
Item: 501 PW-Temp access/drainage "' Approved "*
07/17/07 Inspector: gc
Comment:
Item: 10 BLDG-FOOTING ** Approved "'
04/13/07 Inspector: JRM
Comment:
07/06/07 Inspector: mgunther
Comment:
Item: 20 BLDG-Foundation/Steel *" Approved "`
04/18/07 Inspector: JRM
Comment:
07/09/07 Ins�pector: GCD/MG
Comment: 2 SHORT WALLS AT ENTRY
Item: 30 BLDG-Framing ** Appr�oved *"
06/06/07 Inspector: SHAHN
Comment:
07/26/07 Ins ector: shahn
Comment: EN�RANCE FRAMING OK.
Item: 50 BLDG-Insulation ** Ap proved ""
06/11/07 Inspector: JRM
Comment:
07/30/07 Inspector: JRM
Comment:
Item: 60 BLDG-Sheetrock Nail "* A�p roved *"
Com�me/�t GARAGE SEPERATION WALL
08/01/07 Inspector: shahn
Comment:
Item: 533 PLAN-TEMP. C/O `" Approved *"
06/26/08 Inspector: bgibson
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: NR NOT READY FOR INSPECTION
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
REPT131 Run Id: 8434
' o
�
07-23-2008 Inspection Request Reporting Page 36
4:18 pm Vail, CO - Citv Of
Requested Inspect Date: Thursday, July 24, 2008
Inspection Area: JRM
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD
A/P/D Information
Activity: M07-0082 Type: B-MECH Sub Type: ADUP Status: ISSUED
Const Type: Occu� pancY: Use: Insp Area: JRM
Owner: FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
Contractor: MID COUNTY PLUMBING & HEATING Phone: 970-468-4924
Description: EXTEND EXISTING BASEBOARD INTO ADDITION-INSTALL EXHAUST FAN FOR COOKTOP
Requested Inspection(s)
Item: 390 MECH-Final
Requestor: MID COUNTY PLUMBING & HEATING
Assigned To: GDENCKLA
Action: Time Exp: _
Inspection HistoN
Item: 200 MECH-Rough
06/06/OT Inspector:
Comment:
Item: 310 MECH-Heating
Item: 315 PLMB-Gas Pipin�g
Item: 320 MECH-Exhaust Noods
Item: 330 MECH-Supply Air
Item: 340 MECH-Misc.
Item: 390 MECH-Final
SHAHN roved ""
Requested Time: 11:00 AM
Phone: 970-468-5555
Entered By: DGOLDEN K
�
f V
�
Action: AP APPROVED
REPT131 Run Id: 8284
. . .
�
07-23-2008 Inspection Request Reporting Page 38
4:18 pm Vail, CO - Citv �f
Requested Inspect Date: Thursday, July 24, 2008
Inspection Area: CG
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD WEST SIDE
A/P/D Information
Activity: M07-0206 Type: B-MECH Sub Type: ADUP
Const Type: Occu� pancY: Use:
Owner: FIELD, LAWRENCE I. TRUSTEE
Contractor: GAS CONNECTION, THE Phone: 303-466-4206
Description: INSTALLATION OF GAS LINE AND FIREPIT
ReQUested Inspectionls)
Item: 390 MECH-Final
Requestor: GAS CONNECTION, THE
Comments: fire its
Assigned To: JM�NDRAGON
Action: Time Exp:
Inspection Historv
Item: 200 MECH-Rough
Item: 310 MECH-Heat�ng
Item: 315 PLMB-Gas Piping "" Approved ""
09/14/07 lnspector: shahn
Comment: ok to backfill. 15psi.
Item: 320 MECH-Exhaust Hoods
Item: 330 MECH-Supply Air
Item: 340 MECH-Misc.
Item: 390 MECH-Final
Status: ISSUED
Insp Area: CG
Requested Time: 02:00 PM
Phone: 303-466-4206
Entered By: DGOLDEN K
�.
Action: AP APPRO ED
REPT131 Run Id: 8284
. ,.-- . �
�
-� .
10-15-2-007 Inspection Request Reporting s4 Page 13
4:19 pm�• Vail, C° - c;tv �f
Requested Inspect Date: Tuesday, October 16, 2007
Inspection Area: CG
Site Address: 586 FOREST RD VAIL
586 FOREST ROAD
A/P/D Information
Activity: P07-0038 Type: B-PLMB Sub Ty pe: ADUP
Const Type: Occu� pancY: Use:
Owner: FIELD LAWRENCE i. TRUSTEE
Contractor: MID CbUNTY PLUMBING 8� HEATING Phone: 970-468-4924
Description: BATHROOM ADDITION-UNDERGROUND, ROUGH AND PUMBING FIXTURES
. ISSUED
nsp Area:
Reauested Insaection(s)
Item: 240 PLMB-Gas Pip�ing� �� �� Reque d Time: 03:00 PM
Requestor: MID COUNTY PLUMBING & HEATI � Phone: 418-0019 _,-
Assigned To: JMONDRAGON �� v nter By: EN K
Action: Time Exp:
Item: P MB-Final
Requestor. ID OUNTY P
Assigned To JMOND ON ��
Action ime E�xp:�
,
/
;
i�
Insqection Historv
Item: 210 PLME
Item: 220
item: 230
Item: 240
Item: 250
Item: 260
Item: 290
R13PT131
nd '"' Approved '*
iector: JRM
AIR TEST
V.V. , , ""' Approved '""
Requested Time: 02:30 PM
Phone: 418-0019
Entered By: DGOLDEN K
Action: AP APPROVED
Action: AP APPROVED
WATER HEAT TO BE INSULATED.
Run Id: 7149
�